-
1 अपि _api
अपि ind. (Sometimes with the अ dropped according to the opinion of Bhāguri; वष्टि भागुरिरल्लोपमवाप्योरुपसर्गयोः; पिधा, पिधान &c.)1 (Used with roots and nouns in the sense of) Placing near or over, taking towards, uniting with; reaching or going up to, proximity, nearness &c. [cf. Gr. epi, Zend api, Germ. and Eng. be]. (Note:- अपि, as a prefix to roots, occurs mostly in Veda, its place being taken by अभि in classical literature).-2 (As a separable adverb or conjunction) And, also, too, moreover, besides, in addition, having a cumulative force (समुच्चय); अस्ति मे सोदरस्नेहो$प्येतेषु; Ś.1 on one's part, in one's turn; विष्णुशर्मणा$पि राजपुत्राः पाठिताः Pt.1; राजा$पि मुनिवाक्यमङ्गीकृत्यातिष्ठत् Dk.2; अपि-अपि or अपि च as well as, and also; अपि स्तुहि, अपि सिञ्च P.I.4.46 Sk., न नापि-न चैव, न वा$पि, नापि वा चापि neither-nor; न चापि काव्यं नवमित्यवद्यम् M.1.2 nor; वा$पि or; अल्पो$प्येवं महान् वा$पि Ms.3.53 whether small or great.-3 It is often used to express emphasis in the sense of 'too', 'even', 'very'; विधुरपि विधियोगाद् ग्रस्यते राहुणा$सौ H.1.19 the very moon; यूयमप्यनेन कर्मणा परिश्रान्ताः Ś.1 even you, you also; अन्यदपि also another; अद्यापि even, yet, still, even now; इदानीमपि even now; मुहूर्तमपि even for a moment, for one moment at least; नाद्यापि not yet; यद्यपि though, although, even if; तथापि still, यद्यपि बहु नाधीषे तथापि पठ पुत्र व्याकरणम्; nevertheless, notwithstanding, yet; sometimes यद्यपि is understood, तथा$पि only being used; as in भवादृशेषु प्रमदाजनोदितं भवत्यधिक्षेप इवानुशासनम् । तथा$पि वक्तुं व्यवसाययन्ति मां निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki 1.28.-4 Though (oft. translatable by 'even', 'even if'); सरसिजमनुविद्धं शैवलेनापि रम्यम् Ś.1.2 though over-spread &c.; इयमधिकमनोज्ञा वल्कलेनापि तन्वी ibid. though in her bark dress; बलवदपि शिक्षितानाम् 1.2 though ever so learned. In this sense अपि is most frequently used by writers to show real or imaginary opposition (विरोध); कृष्णमपि असुदर्शनम्, पुष्पवत्यपि पवित्रा &c.-5 But however.-6 Used at the beginning of sen- tences अपि introduces a question; अपि सन्निहितो$त्र कुलपतिः Ś.i; अपि क्रियार्थं सुलभं समित्कुशं...अपि स्वशक्त्या तपसि प्रवर्तसे Ku.5.33,34,35; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्रकृतामृषीणां कुशाग्रबुद्धे कुशली गुरुस्ते R.5.4.-7 Hope, expectation (usually with the potential mood); कृतं रामसदृशं कर्म । अपि जीवेत्स ब्राह्मणशिशुः U.2 I hope the Brāhmaṇa boy comes to life. Note-- In this sense अपि is frequently used with नाम and has the sense of (a) 'is it likely', 'may it be'; (b) 'perhaps', 'in all probabi- lity' or (c) 'would that', 'I wish or hope that'; अपि नाम कुलपतेरियमसवर्णक्षेत्रसंभवा स्यात् Ś.1; Ś.7; तदपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1 perhaps, in all probability; अपि नाम तयोः कल्याणिनोः अभिमतः पाणिग्रहः स्यात् ibid.; अपि नाम रामभद्रः पुनरपीदं वनमलङ्कुर्यात् U.2; 'is it likely', 'I wish'; यथा वनज्योत्स्नानुरूपेण पादपेन संगता अपि नाम एवमहमप्यात्मनो$नुरूपं वरं लभेयेति Ś.1 would that; अपि नामाहं पुरूरवा भवेयम् V.2 I wish I were P.-8 Affixed to inter- rogative words, अपि makes the sense indefinite, 'any', 'some'; को$पि some one; कीमपि something; कुत्रापि some- where; कदा$पि at any time; कथमपि any how &c. के$पि एते प्रवयसः त्वां दिदृक्षवः U.4 some people. It may often be translated by 'unknown', 'indescribable', 'inexpres- sible' (अनिर्वाच्य); व्यतिषजति पदार्थानान्तरः को$पि हेतुः U.6.12. तत्तस्य किमपि द्रव्यं यो हि यस्य प्रियो जनः 2.19; Mu.3.22; K.143; को$पि महिमा स्यात् U.6,6.11,7.12; Māl.1.26; R.1.46.-9 After words expressing number, अपि has the sense of 'totality', 'all'; चतुर्णामपि वर्णानाम् of all the 4 castes; सर्वैरपि राज्ञां प्रयोजनम् Pt.1.-1 It sometimes ex- presses 'doubt' or 'uncertainty', 'fear' (शङ्का); अपि चोरो भवेत् G. M. there is perhaps a thief.-11 (with pot. mood) It has the sense of संभावना 'possibility', 'sup- position'; P.I.4.96;III.3.154; अपि स्तुयाद्विष्णुम्, अपि स्तुयाद्राजानम्, अपि गिरिं शिरसा भिन्द्यात् Sk.; सो$यमपि सिञ्चेत्सहस्रं द्राक्षाणां क्षणेनैकेन Dk.127.-12 Contempt, censure, or re- proof; P.I.4.96,III.3.142; धिग्देवदत्तमपि स्तुयाद् वृषलम्; धिग्जाल्मं देवदत्तमपि सिञ्चेत् पलाण्डुम्; अपि जायां त्यजसि जातु गणिका- माधत्से गर्हितमेतत् Sk. shame to &c. or fie upon, Deva- datta &c.-13 It is also used with the Imperative mood to mark 'indifference on the part of the speaker', where he permits another to do as he likes, (अन्ववसर्ग or काम- चारानुज्ञा, the imperative being softened;) अपि स्तुहि Sk. you may praise (if you like); अपि स्तुह्यपि सेधा$स्मांस्तथ्यमुक्तं नराशन Bk.8.92.-14 अपि is sometimes used as a particle of exclamation,-15 Rarely in the sense of 'there- fore', 'hence' (अत एव).-16 Used as a separable preposition with gen. it is said to express the sense of a word understood (पदार्थ), and is treated as a कर्म- प्रवचनीय P.I.4.96; the example usually given is सर्पि- षो$पि स्यात् where some word like बिन्दुरपि 'a drop,' 'a little' &c. has to be understood, 'there may perhaps be a drop of ghee', 'I presume there may be at least a drop' &c. अपि संभावनाप्रश्नशङ्कागर्हासमुच्चये । तथायुक्तपदार्थेषु कामचारक्रियासु च ॥ Viśva.; अपिः पदार्थसंभावनान्ववसर्गगर्हासमुच्चयेषु P.I.4.96. G. M. adds the sense of आशिस् 'blessing' (भद्रमपि), मृति 'death' (मरणमपि) and भूषा 'decoration' (अपि नह्यति हारं). cf. also...अपिः प्रश्नविरोधयोः । संभावनायां गर्हायां समुच्चयवितर्कयोः । Nm. -
2 big
1. adjective1) (in size) groß; schwer, heftig [Explosion, Zusammenstoß]; schwer [Unfall, Niederlage]; hart [Konkurrenz]; reichlich [Mahlzeit]he is a big man/she is a big woman — (fat) er/sie ist wohlbeleibt
big words — geschraubte Ausdrücke ( see also academic.ru/39605/g">g)
in a big way — (coll.) im großen Stil
2) (of largest size, larger than usual) groß [Appetit, Zehe, Buchstabe]he is the biggest liar/idiot — er ist der größte Lügner/Idiot
4) (grown up, elder) groß5) (important) groß; wichtig [Nachricht, Entscheidung]6) (coll.): (outstanding) groß [Augenblick, Chance]7) (boastful)get or grow/be too big for one's boots — (coll.) größenwahnsinnig werden/sein (ugs.)
big talk — Großsprecherei, die
9) (coll.): (popular)2. adverbbe big — [Schauspieler, Popstar:] gut ankommen. See also idea 4)
talk big — (coll.) groß daherreden (ugs.)
•• Cultural note:think big — (coll.) im großen Stil planen
Eine Zeitung, die von Obdachlosen in vielen größeren und kleineren Städten in Großbritannien verkauft wird. Die Artikel haben oft ein sehr gutes Niveau, sie behandeln hauptsächlich soziale Themen oder Aspekte der Stadtkultur. Die Verkäufer kaufen die Zeitungen von einer zentralen Stelle und verkaufen sie zu einem festgelegten Preis. Den Gewinn dürfen sie behalten* * *[biɡ]1) (large in size: a big car.) groß2) (important: a big event.) bedeutend•- big game* * *<- gg->[bɪg]1. (of size, amount) großthe \bigger the better je größer desto besserto receive a \big boost starken Auftrieb erhaltena \big drop in prices ein starker Preisrückgang\big eater ( fam) großer Esser/große Esserin\big meal üppiges Mahl\big screen [Groß]leinwand fto be a \big spender ( fam) auf großem Fuß leben\big stake hoher Spieleinsatz\big tip großzügiges Trinkgeld\big toe großer Zeh\big turnout großes Zuschaueraufgebotthe \biggest-ever... der/die/das Größte... aller Zeiten2. (of maturity) groß, erwachsen\big boy/girl großer Junge/großes Mädchen\big brother/sister großer Bruder/große Schwester\big enough groß [o alt] genug3. (significant) bedeutend, wichtigshe's \big in marketing sie ist ganz groß im Bereich Marketing vertreten\big-budget film Film m mit großem Budget\big day großer [o bedeutender] Tag\big decision schwerwiegende Entscheidung\big words ( fam) große Wortehe fell for her in a \big way er verliebte sich bis über beide Ohren in siethat was very \big of you das war aber nobel von dir6.▶ to be/get too \big for one's boots ( pej fam: craving for admiration) größenwahnsinnig sein/werden; (feeling superior) eingebildet sein/werden▶ the \big boys die Großen▶ to have \bigger fish to fry Wichtigeres zu tun haben* * *[bɪg]1. adj (+er)a big man — ein großer, schwerer Mann
you big girl's blouse! ( Brit inf ) — du Angsthase! (inf)
big with child/young — hochschwanger/trächtig
you're big enough to know better — du bist groß or alt genug und solltest es besser wissen
3) (= important) groß, wichtigthe Big Four/Five — die Großen Vier/Fünf
to be big in publishing/plastics (inf) — eine Größe im Verlagswesen/der Plastikproduktion sein
4) (= great) cheat, bully, liar groß5)big talker — Angeber m (inf),, eingebildeter Schwätzer
he's getting too big for his boots ( inf, child ) — er wird ein bisschen zu aufmüpfig (inf); (employee) er wird langsam größenwahnsinnig
few people have a heart as big as his — es sind nur wenige so großzügig/großmütig wie er
he was big enough to admit he was wrong — er hatte die Größe zuzugeben, dass er unrecht hatte
that's really big of you (iro) — wirklich nobel von dir (iro)
7) (inf: fashionable) in (inf)8)(fig phrases)
to earn big money — das große Geld verdienen (inf)to have big ideas — große Pläne haben, Rosinen im Kopf haben (pej inf)
to do things in a big way —
to live in a big way — auf großem Fuß or in großem Stil leben
what's the big hurry? — warum denn so eilig?
2. advto talk big — groß daherreden (inf), große Töne spucken (inf)
to act big — sich aufspielen, großtun
to think big —
to go over or down big (inf) — ganz groß ankommen (inf), großen Anklang finden (with bei)
to make it big (as a singer/actor) — (als Sänger(in)/Schauspieler(in)) ganz groß rauskommen (inf)
* * *big [bıɡ]A adj1. allg groß (Garten, Mehrheit etc):the biggest party die stärkste Partei;the win might have been bigger SPORT der Sieg hätte höher ausfallen können;he comes from a big family er stammt aus einer kinderreichen Familie;earn big money umg das große Geld verdienen;there’s big money in tennis umg im Tennis gibt es das große Geld zu verdienen;he’s got a big mouth er plaudert (immer) alles gleich aus, er kann nichts für sich behalten; → band1 A 2, buck2, wolf A 1, etc2. groß, weit:this coat is too big for me dieser Mantel ist mir zu groß3. groß, hoch (Baum etc)4. groß, erwachsen:he’s big enough er ist groß oder alt genugbig with fate schicksalsschwer, -schwanger;big with rage wutentbranntb) ausgiebig, reichlich (Mahlzeit):have a big breakfast ausgiebig frühstücken7. umg aufgeblasen pej, eingebildet:have big ideas große Rosinen im Kopf haben;what’s the big idea? was soll denn das?;what’s the big idea of shouting at me? umg kannst du mir mal sagen, warum du mich anschreist?;8. voll, laut (Stimme)9. umga) groß, hoch, hochstehend, wichtig, bedeutend:make it big es zu etwas bringen;he thinks he’s Mr Big er hält sich für etwas Besseresb) sehr populärof von):11. groß, Mords… umg:a big rascal ein Erzgauner;a big eater ein starker EsserB adv umg1. groß:come over big groß ankommen;think big im großen Stil planen2. großspurig:act big den starken Mann markieren;talk big große Töne spucken* * *1. adjective1) (in size) groß; schwer, heftig [Explosion, Zusammenstoß]; schwer [Unfall, Niederlage]; hart [Konkurrenz]; reichlich [Mahlzeit]he is a big man/she is a big woman — (fat) er/sie ist wohlbeleibt
in a big way — (coll.) im großen Stil
2) (of largest size, larger than usual) groß [Appetit, Zehe, Buchstabe]he is the biggest liar/idiot — er ist der größte Lügner/Idiot
4) (grown up, elder) groß5) (important) groß; wichtig [Nachricht, Entscheidung]6) (coll.): (outstanding) groß [Augenblick, Chance]7) (boastful)get or grow/be too big for one's boots — (coll.) größenwahnsinnig werden/sein (ugs.)
big talk — Großsprecherei, die
9) (coll.): (popular)2. adverbtalk big — (coll.) groß daherreden (ugs.)
•• Cultural note:think big — (coll.) im großen Stil planen
Eine Zeitung, die von Obdachlosen in vielen größeren und kleineren Städten in Großbritannien verkauft wird. Die Artikel haben oft ein sehr gutes Niveau, sie behandeln hauptsächlich soziale Themen oder Aspekte der Stadtkultur. Die Verkäufer kaufen die Zeitungen von einer zentralen Stelle und verkaufen sie zu einem festgelegten Preis. Den Gewinn dürfen sie behalten* * *adj.groß adj.schwer adj.wichtig adj. -
3 अपि
ápiorﾠ sometimes pi ( seeﾠ pi-dṛibh, pi-dhā, pi-nah), expresses placing near orﾠ over, uniting to, annexing, reaching to, proximity, etc.
in later Sanskṛit its place seems frequently supplied by abhi. (As a separable adv.) andﾠ, alsoﾠ, moreover, besides, assuredly, surely;
apiapi, orﾠ api-ca, as well as;
navâ̱pi orﾠ naapivā orﾠ nanacâ̱pi, neither, nor, câ̱pi, ( andﾠ at the beginning of a sentence) api-ca, moreover
+ cf. Gk. ἐπί;
Zd. api;
Germ. andﾠ Eng. prefix be
apiis often used to express emphasis, in the sense of even, alsoﾠ, very;
e.g.. anyadapi, alsoﾠ another, something more;
adyâ̱pi, this very day, even now;
tathâ̱pi, even thus, notwithstanding;
yadyapi, even if, although;
yadyapitathâ̱pi, although, nevertheless;
nakadācidapi, never at any time:
sometimes in the sense of but, only, at least e.g.. muhūrtamapi, only a moment
may be affixed to an interrogative to make it indefinite, e.g.. ko'pi, any one;
kutrâ̱pi, anywhere
imparts to numerals the notion of totality e.g.. caturṇamapivarṇānām, of all the four castes
may be interrogative at the beginning of a sentence
may strengthen the original force of the Potential, orﾠ may soften the Imperative, like the English « be pleased to» ;
sometimes it is a mere expletive
« even then», nevertheless, notwithstanding Ṡak. (v.l.) Bhartṛ. Prab. Siṇhâs.
-
4 big
1) (of size, amount) groß;the \bigger the better je größer desto besser;to receive a \big boost starken Auftrieb erhalten;a \big drop in prices ein starker Preisrückgang;\big eater ( fam) großer Esser/große Esserin;\big meal üppiges Mahl;\big screen [Groß]leinwand f;to be a \big spender ( fam) auf großem Fuß leben;\big stake hoher Spieleinsatz;\big tip großzügiges Trinkgeld;\big toe großer Zeh;\big turnout großes Zuschaueraufgebot;the \biggest-ever... der/die/das Größte... aller Zeiten2) ( of maturity) groß, erwachsen;\big boy/ girl großer Junge/großes Mädchen;\big brother/ sister großer Bruder/große Schwester;\big enough groß [o alt] genug3) ( significant) bedeutend, wichtig;she's \big in marketing sie ist ganz groß im Bereich Marketing vertreten;\big-budget film Film m mit großem Budget;\big day großer [o bedeutender] Tag;\big decision schwerwiegende Entscheidung;\big words ( fam) große Worte( on a large scale) in großem Stil;he fell for her in a \big way er verliebte sich bis über beide Ohren in sie;that was very \big of you das war aber nobel von dirPHRASES:to be/get too \big for one's boots;(pej fam: craving for admiration) größenwahnsinnig sein/werden;( feeling superior) eingebildet sein/werden;the \big boys die Großen;no \big deal ( fam) nicht der Rede wert;sb's eyes are \bigger than their stomach jds Augen sind größer als sein Magen;to have \bigger fish to fry Wichtigeres zu tun haben;to give sb a \big hand ( fam) jdm begeistert Applaus spenden; -
5 estar
v.1 to be.estamos a veinte grados (expresa valores, grados) it's twenty degrees hereel dólar está a 10 pesos the dollar is at 10 pesosestán a dos euros el kilo they're two euros a kiloestá terminado it's finished2 to be.¿dónde está la llave? where is the key?¿está María? — no, no está is Maria there? — no, she's not hereElla estuvo aburrida She was bored.El edificio está en la calle tres The building is on third street.3 to be (expresa cualidad, estado).los pasteles están ricos the cakes are deliciousesta calle está sucia this street is dirty4 to be (expresa estado).estar de mudanza to be (in the process of) movingestamos de suerte we're in luckestar de vacaciones to be on holidayestar de viaje to be on a tripestar en uso to be in useestar en guardia to be on guardestamos sin agua we have no water, we're without water5 to be.están golpeando la puerta they're banging on the door6 to stay, to be.estaré un par de horas y me iré I'll stay a couple of hours and then I'll go7 to be ready (hallarse listo).¿aún no está ese trabajo? is that piece of work still not ready?8 to be for.Me estuvo difícil el examen The exam was difficult for me.* * *Present Indicativeestoy, estás, está, estamos, estáis, están.Imperfect Indicativeestaba, estabas, estaba, estábamos, estabais, estaban.Past IndicativeFuture Indicativeestaré, estarás, estará, estaremos, estaréis, estarán.Conditionalestaría, estarías, estaría, estaríamos, estaríais, estarían.Present Subjunctiveesté, estés, esté, estemos, estéis, estén.Imperfect SubjunctiveFuture SubjunctiveImperativeestá (tú), esté (él/Vd.), estemos (nos.), estad (vos.), estén (ellos/Vds.).* * *verb- estarse* * *Para las expresiones estar bien, estar mal, ver la otra entrada.1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO1) [indicando situación] to be¿dónde estabas? — where were you?
-las tijeras están en el cajón -no, aquí no están — "the scissors are in the drawer" - "no, they're not in here"
-hola, ¿está Carmen? -no, no está — "hello, is Carmen in?" - "no, I'm afraid she isn't"
•
está [fuera] — [de casa] she's out; [de la ciudad/en el extranjero] she's away•
[ya que] estamos — while we are at it2) [indicando un estado transitorio]a) + adj, adv to beestar enfermo {o} malo — to be ill
¿estás casado o soltero? — are you married or single?
¿cómo estamos? — [gen] how are we doing?; [a otra persona] how are you?
con este frío, aquí no se puede estar — it's unbearably cold here
¡qué bueno está este café! — this coffee's really good!
¿está libre el baño? — is the bathroom free?
¿qué tal {o} cómo estás? — how are you?
el récord anterior estaba en 33 segundos — the previous record was {o} stood at 33 seconds
b) + participio to bec) + gerundio to bevenga, ya nos estamos yendo, que es tarde — come on, it's time to go, it's late
3) (=existir) to be•
[dejar] estar, déjalo estar — just leave him be4) [indicando el aspecto de algo] to look¡qué elegante estás! — you're looking really smart!
estás más delgado — you've lost weight, you look slimmer
ese tío está muy bueno — * that guy's gorgeous *, that guy's a bit of all right *
5) (=estar listo) to be ready¡ya está! ya sé lo que podemos hacer — that's it! I know what we can do
ya estoy — I'm done, that's me *
¡ya estamos! — [después de hacer algo] that's it!; [dicho con enfado] that's enough!
¿estamos? — [al estar listo] ready?; [para pedir conformidad] are we agreed?, right?, OK? *
¡ya estuvo! — Méx that's it!
6) [indicando fecha, distancia, temperatura]cuando estemos en verano — when it's summer, in the summer
7) [en estructuras con preposición]estar aestamos a 8 de junio — it is 8 June {or} the 8th of June, today is 8 June {o} the 8th of June
estábamos a 40°C — it was 40°C
¿a cuántos estamos? — what's the date?
¿a cuánto estamos de Madrid? — how far are we from Madrid?
las uvas están a 1,60 euros — the grapes are one euro 60 cents
estar con¿a cuánto está el kilo de naranjas? — how much are oranges per kilo?
está con la gripe — he's down with flu, he's got the flu
estuvo con la enfermedad durante dos años — she had {o} suffered from the disease for two years
estar de•
estar con [algn], yo estoy con él — I'm with himestá de jefe temporalmente — he is acting as boss, he is the acting boss
estar en¡estoy de nervioso! — I'm so nervous!
el problema está en que... — the problem lies in the fact that...
estar parayo estoy en que... — (=creer) I believe that...
para eso estamos — [gen] that's why we're here, that's what we're here for; [respondiendo a gracias] don't mention it
•
estar para [hacer] algo — (=a punto de) to be about to do sth, be on the point of doing sth•
[no] estoy para bromas — I'm not in the mood for jokingestar por (=en favor de) [+ política] to be in favour {o} (EEUU) favor of; [+ persona] to support hueso 1) estar por ({+ infin})si alguien llama, no estoy para nadie — if anyone calls, I'm not in
la historia de ese hallazgo está por escribir — the story of that discovery is still to be written {o} has yet to be written
está todavía por hacer — it remains to be done, it is still to be done
yo estoy por dejarlo — I'm for leaving it, I'm in favour of leaving it
estar sin ({+ infin})está por llover — LAm it's going to rain
las camas estaban sin hacer — the beds were unmade, the beds hadn't been made
estar sobre algn/algo¿todavía estás sin peinar? — haven't you brushed your hair yet?
hay que estar sobre el arroz para que no se pegue — you need to keep a close eye on the rice to make sure it doesn't stick to the pan
estar sobre sí — to be in control of o.s.
8) [en oraciones ponderativas]•
está [que] rabia — * he's hopping mad *, he's furiousestoy que me caigo de sueño — I'm terribly sleepy, I can't keep my eyes open
2.See:* * *I 1.1) ( seguido de adjetivos) [ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1] to bequé gordo está! — isn't he fat!, hasn't he got(ten) fat!
la sopa está deliciosa/muy caliente — the soup is delicious/very hot
está muy simpático conmigo — he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently)
todo está tan caro! — things are o have become so expensive!
está cansada/furiosa/embarazada — she is tired/furious/pregnant
2) (con bien, mal, mejor, peor)están todos bien, gracias — they're all fine, thanks
está mal que no se lo perdones — it's wrong of you not to forgive him; ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor
3) ( hablando de estado civil) to be4) ( seguido de participios)estar sentado/echado/arrodillado — to be sitting/lying/kneeling (down)
estaban abrazados — they had their arms around each other; ver tb verbo auxiliar 2
5) ( con predicado introducido por preposición) to be; (para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente)¿a cómo está la uva? — how much are the grapes?
están de limpieza/viaje — they're spring-cleaning/on a trip
estar con alguien — ( estar de acuerdo) to agree with somebody; ( apoyar) to support somebody, be on somebody's side
estar en algo: no lo hemos solucionado pero estamos en ello or eso — we haven't solved it but we're working on it
6) ( introducido por que)2.estar vi1) ( en un lugar)edificio/pueblo ( estar ubicado) to be¿dónde está Chiapas? — where's Chiapas?
2)a) persona/objeto ( hallarse en cierto momento) to be¿sabes dónde está Pedro? — do you know where Pedro is?
¿a qué hora tienes que estar allí? — what time do you have to be there?
¿dónde estábamos la clase pasada? — where did we get to in the last class?
b) ( figurar) to beyo no estaba en la lista — I wasn't on the list, my name didn't appear on the list
¿está Rodrigo? — is Rodrigo in?
¿estamos todos? — are we all here?
4)a) (quedarse, permanecer)¿cuánto tiempo estarás en Londres? — how long are you going to be in London (for)?
b) ( vivir)ahora estamos en Soca — we're in o we live in Soca now
5) ( en el tiempo)¿a qué (día) estamos? — what day is it today?
¿a cuánto estamos hoy? — what's the date today?
estamos a 28 de mayo — it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May
¿en qué mes estamos? — what month are we in o is it?
6) (existir, haber)y después está el problema de... — and then there's the problem of...
luego están los niños, hay que pensar en ellos — then there are the children to think about
7) (tener como función, cometido)estar para algo: para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for; estamos para ayudarlos — we're here to help them
8) ( radicar)estar en algo: en eso está el problema that's where the problem lies; todo está en que él quiera — it all depends on whether he wants to or not
9) (estar listo, terminado)lo atas con un nudo y ya está — you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are
10) ( quedar entendido)que no vuelva a suceder ¿estamos? — don't let it happen again, understand? o (colloq) got it?
11)ya que estamos/estás — while we're/you're at it
12) (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl)3.te está grande/pequeña — it's too big/too small for you
estar v aux1) ( con gerundio)2) ( con participio)4.ya está hecho un hombrecito — he's a proper young man now; ver tb estar cópula 4)
estarse v pron1) (enf) ( permanecer) to stay¿no te puedes estar quieto? — can't you stay o keep still?
2) (enf) ( llegar) to beIImasculino (esp AmL) living room* * *= be, become, live with.Ex. Systems such as Dialog, IRS, ORBIT and BLAISE may be accessed by libraries and information units.Ex. Some degree of ignorance of this kind is not unusual since the usual objective in consulting an information source is to become better informed.Ex. Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.----* ¡cómo se nota que no está el jefe! = while the cat's away, the mice will play.* ahí está el problema = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.* ahí está la dificultad = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.* creer que estar bien = feel + right.* creer que estar mal = feel + wrong.* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.* dejar como + estar = leave + untouched.* dejar las cosas como están = let + sleeping dogs lie.* de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.* el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.* el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.* esperanza + estar = hope + lie.* estando de acuerdo = approvingly.* estando de servicio = while on the job.* estando sentado = from a seated position.* estar a años de distancia = be years away.* estar abierto a = be open to.* estar abocado a ser = be doomed.* estar absorto en = be wrapped up in.* estar aburridísimo = be bored stiff, be bored to death, be bored to tears, be bored out of + Posesivo + mind.* estar aburrido como una ostra = be bored stiff.* estar a caballo entre = stand + midway between, straddle (between).* estar a caballo entre... y... = lie + midway between... and..., tread + a fine line between... and, tread + the thin line between... and, tread + a delicate line between... and.* estar acabando con = eat away at.* estar acabándose = be on the way out, be on + Posesivo + last legs.* estar a + Cantidad + de distancia = Cantidad + distant from.* estar a cargo de = man, be the responsibility of.* estar accesible = be up.* estar accesible en línea = go + online.* estar accesible en red = go + online.* estar acertado = be right on track.* estar acostumbrado a = be familiar with, be no stranger to, be used to.* estar acostumbrado a + Infinitivo = be accustomed to + Gerundio.* estar a dos velas = not have a bean.* estar a + Expresión Numérica + de distancia = be + Número + away.* estar a favor de = be for, be in favour (of), come down in + favour of.* estar a favor de una idea = favour + idea.* estar a favor o en contra = be for or against.* estar agobiado de = be snowed under with.* estar agradecido = be thankful.* estar a la alerta de = be wary of.* estar a la altura de = live up to, be equal to.* estar a la altura de la circunstancias = make + the cut.* estar a la altura de las circunstancias = come up with + the goods.* estar a la altura de las circunstancias = rise (up) to + challenge.* estar a la altura de las circunstancias = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, be equal to the occasion, rise (up) to + the occasion, deliver + the goods, measure up (to), be up to snuff.* estar a la altura de las expectativas = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.* estar a la altura de las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.* estar a la altura de lo que se espera = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.* estar a la baja = be down.* estar al acecho = lie in + wait.* estar a la entera disposición de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + feet.* estar al alcance de la mano = be at hand.* estar a la misma altura que = rank with.* estar a la orden del día = be the order of the day.* estar a la par de = rank with.* estar a la vuelta de la esquina = be just around the corner.* estar al borde de = teeter + on the edge of.* estar al completo = overbook.* estar al corriente = monitor + developments.* estar al día = monitor + developments, stay on top of + the game, stay on top of, stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.* estar alejado + Expresión Numérica = be + Número + away.* estar al lado de = stand by + Lugar.* estar al loro de = be on the lookout for, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.* estar al máximo = overstretch.* estar al mismo nivel = be on a par.* estar al tanto = monitor + developments.* estar al tanto de = be on the lookout for, keep + track of, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.* estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.* estar a mano = be on hand, be around.* estar a medio camino entre... y... = lie + midway between... and....* estar a merced de = be at the mercy of.* estar ansioso por = be eager to.* estar ante = be faced with.* estar apagado = be off.* estar a punto de = be poised to, be about to, be on the point of, stand + poised, come + very close to.* estar a punto de cascarlas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.* estar a punto de decir = be on the tip of + Posesivo + tongue to say.* estar a punto de + Infinitivo = be about + Infinitivo.* estar aquí ya = be upon us.* estar a resultas de = keep + track of.* estar arraigado en = be rooted in.* estar arrestado = be under arrest.* estar arriba = sit on + top.* estar a salvo = be in safe hands.* estar asociado a = be associated with, be bound up with.* estar atado a = hold + hostage to.* estar atareado = be tied up.* estar atento a = be on the lookout for, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.* estar aterrorizado = be petrified of, be frightened to death, be scared stiff, be terrified.* estar a tope = overstretch.* estar atrancado = be stuck.* estar atrasado en el pago = be in arrears.* estar aumentando = be on the increase.* estár aún más alejados = be one step further removed.* estar aún por llegar = be yet to come.* estar ausente = lack.* estar ausente de = be absent (from).* estar avanzado = be well under way.* estar avergonzado = be ashamed.* estar averiado = be out of order.* estar aviado = be (in) a mess.* estar bajo arresto = be under arrest.* estar bajo la tutela de = fall under + the auspices of.* estar bastante acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.* estar bastante alejado = be a distance apart.* estar bien = be okay, be in good shape, be in good health.* estar bien de salud = be in good health.* estar bien encaminado = be on the right track.* estar bien pensado = be carefully thought out.* estar borracho = be drunk, see + double.* estar callado = keep + quiet.* estar cansado de = be sick and tired of.* estar capacitado para = be qualified to.* estar casi finalizado = near + completion.* estar casi terminado = be nearing completion, reach + near completion.* estar castigado = be in the doghouse.* estar cerca = be at hand, be on hand, be around.* estar cerca de = be close to.* estar chalado = be off + Posesivo + rocker.* estar chiflado = be off + Posesivo + rocker.* estar chiflado por = have + a crush on.* estar chupado = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a snap, be a picnic, be duck soup.* estar clarísimo = be patently clear.* estar claro = be plain, be out in the open.* estar colado por = have + a crush on.* estar como una cabra = be a real nutter.* estar completamente borracho = be drunk and incapable.* estar completamente de acuerdo con = agree + wholeheartedly with.* estar completamente equivocado = be way off.* estar comprometido a = hold + hostage to.* estar comprometido a + Infinitivo = be committed to + Gerundio.* estar con amigos en la calle pasando el rato sin hacer nada = hang out + on the street.* estar condenado a ser = be doomed.* estar conectado = be on.* estar con el alma en vilo = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.* estar con el tema = be on the topic.* estar confinado = be confined.* estar confuso = blur, be at sixes and sevens with, be at a nonplus, be all at sea.* estar congelado = be frozen stiff.* estar con la espalda contra la pared = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.* estar contentísimo = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.* estar contraindicado = be contraindicated.* estar contra las cuertas = be against the ropes.* estar convencido = there + be + strong feeling.* estar convencido de la idea de que = be committed to the idea that.* estar convirtiéndose rápidamente = be fast becoming.* estar correcto = be correct.* estar correlacionado con = be correlated with.* estar de acorde con = be commensurate with.* estar de acuerdo = approve, be in agreement, concur (with), be agreed.* estar de acuerdo con = accord with, conform to, fit, go along with, fit with, be in conformity with, mesh with, see + eye to eye (with/on), jive with.* estar de acuerdo (con/en) = see + eye to eye (with/on).* estar de acuerdo con una idea = subscribe to + idea.* estar de acuerdo en que no + estar + de acuerdo = agree to + disagree.* estar de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).* estar de acuerdo unánimemente = agree on + all hands.* estar de baja = be off work.* estar de baja por enfermedad = be off work sick.* estar debatiéndose = be under discussion.* estar de brazos cruzados = stand + idle, sit + idle.* estar de buen humor = be high.* estar de camino a = be on the road to.* estar de capa caída = be in the doldrums.* estar de cháchara = chinwag.* estar decidido a = be determined to, be of a mind to, be intent on, be all set to.* estar decidido a continuar = be set to continue.* estar decidido a + Infinitivo = be set to + Infinitivo.* estar demasiado representado = overrepresent.* estar de moda = be in.* estar densamente poblado de = be dense with.* estar dentro de = fall within/into.* estar dentro de la competencia = be the province of.* estar dentro de las posibilidades de uno = lie within + Posesivo + power.* estar de palique = chinwag.* estar de parloteo = chinwag.* estar de pie = stand.* estar de pie por encima de = stand over.* estar desacertado = miss + the mark, miss + the point.* estar desacreditado = hold in + disrepute.* estar desapareciendo = be on the way out.* estar desasosegado = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.* estar desbordado de = be snowed under with.* estar desbordante de = spill over with.* estar descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* estar descontento con = express + dissatisfaction with.* estar deseoso de = be anxious to, be more than ready for.* estar desesperado = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.* estar desocupado = stand + idle.* estar desordenado = be out of order.* estar desquiciado = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.* estar destinado a = be intended for/to.* estar destrozado = be + wreck, be a shambles.* estar de suerte = be in luck.* estar detenido = be under arrest.* estar de vacaciones = be on vacation, be off on vacation.* estar de vuelta = be back.* estar de vuelta dentro de = be back in + Expresión Temporal.* estar directamente relacionado con = be directly correlated to.* estar disgustado por = feel deeply about.* estar disperso = lie + scattered.* estar disponible = be available, be forthcoming, be at hand.* estar dispuestísimo a = be more than willing to.* estar dispuesto = be game.* estar dispuesto a = be keen to, be prepared to, be willing to, be of a mind to, be willing and able to, be ready, willing and able.* estar dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.* estar dispuesto y deseoso a = be willing and able to.* estar dominado por Alguien = be under + Posesivo + thumb.* estar ducho en = be adept at.* estar dudoso = be doubtful.* estar embarazada = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.* estar emocionado = be thrilled.* estar empachado = have + indigestion.* estar empeorando = be in decline.* estar en = be in the course of.* estar en alza = be up.* estar enamorado de = carry + a torch for + Nombre, have + a crush on.* estar en apuros = be in trouble, be in a fix.* estar en ascuas = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold, sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.* estar en auge = go + strong.* estar en Babia = be in cloud cuckoo land, live in + cloud cuckoo land.* estar en barbecho = lie + fallow.* estar en buenas manos = be in safe hands.* estar encaminado a = be on the road to.* estar en camino de = be on the way to.* estar encantadísimo = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.* estar encantado = be thrilled.* estar encantado de Hacer Algo = be more than happy to + Infinitivo.* estar en casa = be in.* estar en celo = be on heat, be in heat.* estar encendido = be on.* estar enchufado = be on.* estar encinta = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.* estar en consonancia con = be consonant with, attune to, align + Reflexivo + with.* estar en contacto (con) = stay in + touch (with), be in touch (with).* estar en contra de = be against.* estar en debate = be under discussion.* estar en decadencia = be in decline, be in retreat.* estar en declive = be in decline.* estar en desacuerdo = be at variance, disagree, quarrel with, beg to differ, be at sixes and sevens with each other.* estar en desacuerdo con = be at odds with, be at loggerheads with.* estar en desacuerdo sobre = be at odds over.* estar en desigualdad = be under par.* estar en desventaja = be disadvantaged, be at a disadvantage.* estar en deuda = be in debt.* estar en deuda con = be beholden to.* estar endeudado = be in debt.* estar en dificultades = be in trouble.* estar en duda = be in question.* estar en el lugar adecuado en el momento adecuado = be in the right place at the right time.* estar en el lugar indicado en el momento indicado = be in the right place at the right time.* estar en el lugar oportuno en el momento oportuno = be in the right place at the right time.* estar en el séptimo cielo = be on cloud nine, float on + air.* estar en el sitio justo en el momento preciso = be on the spot.* estar enemistados = be at loggerheads.* estar en estado = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.* estar en estado de buena esperanza = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.* estar en estado de cambio = be in flux.* estar enfermo de amor = be lovesick.* estar en flor = be in bloom, be in flower.* estar en floración = be in bloom, be in flower.* estar en forma = be in shape, be in good shape.* estar enfrascado en Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.* estar enfrentados = be at loggerheads.* estar en funcionamiento = be up.* estar en función de = be a function of.* estar en guardia = be on guard (against), be on + Posesivo + guard.* estar en guerra con = be at war with.* estar en igualdad de condiciones con = be on (an) equal footing with.* estar en inferioridad de condiciones = punch above + Posesivo + weight.* estar en juego = be at stake.* estar en la gloria = be on cloud nine, float on + air.* estar en la inopia = live in + cloud cuckoo land.* estar en la mejor posición para = be best positioned to.* estar en la misma categoria que = rank with.* estar en la onda = attune to + wavelength.* estar en las mismas = be back to square one.* estar en las últimas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.* estar en lo cierto = hit + the truth.* estar en manos privadas = hold in + private hands.* estar en marcha = tick over.* estar en mayoría = be in the majority.* estar en medio de = caught in the middle.* estar en minoría = be in the minority.* estar en misa y repicando = have + a finger in every pie.* estar enojado = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle.* estar en paz = pay + Posesivo + dues.* estar en peligro = be in jeopardy, be in question, be endangered, be at risk, be at stake.* estar en peligro (de) = be in danger (of).* estar en posición de = be in a position to.* estar en proceso de = be on the way to, be in the process of, be in the course of.* estar en proceso de cambio = be in flux.* estar en proceso de + Infinitivo = be on to + Infinitivo.* estar en retirada = be in retreat.* estar en ruinas = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.* estar en sintonía con = attune to.* estar en situación de = be in a position to.* estar en suspense = sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.* estar en tensión = sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.* estar en todo = have + a finger in every pie.* estar en trance de = be in the process of.* estar entre = fall between.* estar entre la espada y la pared = be on the horns of a dilemma.* estar entre los primeros = stay on top.* estar entre rejas = be behind bars.* estar entusiasmado = be thrilled.* estar en un aprieto = be in a fix.* estar en una situación diferente = be on a different track.* estar en un berenjenal = be (in) a mess.* estar en un mar de dudas = feel at + sea, be all at sea.* estar en un momento clave = be at a watershed.* estar en un momento decisivo = be at a watershed.* estar en un sinvivir = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.* estar en venta = be up for sale.* estar en vías de = be on the road to, be in the process of.* estar en vías de conseguir = be on the road to.* estar en vilo = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold, sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.* estar equivoado = miss + the point.* estar equivocado = be mistaken, be wide of the mark, be wrong, be in error, miss + the mark, be in the wrong.* estar equivocado en + Número + cosas = be wrong on + Número + count(s).* estar erróneo = be in error.* estar esparcido = lie + scattered.* estar estrechamente ligado a = be closely tied to.* estar estropeado = be kaput.* estar estropeándose = be on the way out.* estar exento de pagar impuestos = write off.* estar falto de = be short of.* estar falto de práctica = get + rusty.* estar familiarizado con = have + familiarity with.* estar firmemente convencido = strongly held opinion.* estar frenético = be furious.* estar frito de sed = be parched, spit + feathers, be parched with thirst.* estar fuera = be out.* estar fuera con los amigos = be out with the guys.* estar fuera de contienda = be out of contention.* estar fuera del alcance = lie outside + the scope of.* estar fuera de las posibilidades de Alguien = be out of + Posesivo + league.* estar fuera del interés = lie outside + the scope of.* estar fuera del interés de uno = lie beyond + concern.* estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.* estar fuera de quicio = be beside + Reflexivo.* estar fuera de rumbo = be off course.* estar fuera de secuencia = be out of order.* estar fuera de sí = be beside + Reflexivo.* estar funcionando = be in place.* estar furioso = fume.* estar + Gerundio = be on the way to.* estar hablando del tema = be on the topic.* estar haciendo = be up to.* estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good, get up to + no good.* estar hambriento = starve.* estar harto = have had enough.* estar harto de = be all too familiar with, be sick and tired of.* estar hasta la coronilla de = be sick and tired of.* estar hecho a escala = be to scale.* estar hecho con la intención de = be intended for/to.* estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.* estar hecho el uno para el otro = be well suited to each other, be two of a kind, be a right pair.* estar hecho para = be geared to, be intended for/to, mean, be cut out for.* estar hecho polvo = be + wreck.* estar hecho un desastre = look like + a wreck, be a shambles, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus, look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, be (in) a mess.* estar hecho un esqueleto = be a bag of bones.* estar hecho un flan = shake like + a leaf, tremble like + a leaf.* estar hecho un lío = be at sixes and sevens with.* estar hecho un perla = be a bit of a lad.* estar hecho un pinta = be a bit of a lad.* estar hecho un prenda = be a bit of a lad.* estar helado = be frozen stiff.* estar implícito en = run through.* estar inactivo = lie + fallow, lie + dormant.* estar incluido = be embedded.* estar indeciso = be hesitant (to).* estar indeciso entre... o... = be torn between... and....* estar inerte = lie + fallow.* estar informado puntualmente sobre = monitor + information on.* estar inmune a = be immune against.* estar inquieto = be disturbed.* estar interesado en = be interested in, be keen to.* estar inundado de = be snowed under with.* estar junto a = stand by + Lugar.* estar juntos = be together, stand + together.* estar justo en medio de = stand + squarely in.* estar la mar de contento = be over the moon.* estar lejos de (ser) + Infinitivo = be far from + Gerundio.* estar levantado = be up.* estar libre de = be free from.* estar ligado a = be bound up with.* estar listo = stand + ready, be ready.* estar listo para = be poised to, stand + poised, be all set to.* estar lleno de problemas = bristle with + problems.* estar localizable = be locatable.* estar loco = be off + Posesivo + rocker.* estar loco de alegría = be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits, be tickled pink.* estar loco de contento = be beside + Reflexivo + with joy, be over the moon, be over the moon.* estar loco de remate = be a real nutter.* estar loco por = have + a crush on.* estar majareta = be off + Posesivo + rocker.* estar mal = be wrong, feel under + the weather, be under the weather.* estar mal comunicado con = have + poor connections with.* estar mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* estar mal visto = frown on/upon.* estar manga por hombro = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.* estar marcado por = be pockmarked with.* estar mareado de tanto trabajo = be reeling.* estar mejor = be better off, be better served by.* estar metido en todo = have + a finger in every pie.* estar molesto = be displeased, get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, put off.* estar motivado = be motivated, have + motivation.* estar moviéndose en terreno seguro = be on secure ground.* estar muerto de asco = be bored to death, be bored stiff, be bored to tears, be bored out of + Posesivo + mind.* estar muerto de frío = be frozen stiff.* estar muerto de hambre = be starving to death.* estar muerto de miedo = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified.* estar muerto de sed = spit + feathers, be parched, be parched with thirst.* estar muy acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.* estar muy agradecido a = be indebted to.* estar muy alejado de = be a long way from.* estar muy arraigado en = be well embedded in.* estar muy bajo = be way down.* estar muy cerca de = be one step away from, be steps away from, come + very close to.* estar muy convencido de = have + strong feelings about.* estar muy emocionado con/por = be excited about.* estar muy esparcido = spread + Nombre + thinly.* estar muy lejano = be far off.* estar muy lejos = be far off, be a long way off.* estar muy por delante de = be way out ahead of.* estar muy por delante de su tiempo = be years ahead of + Posesivo + time.* estar muy puesto = stay on top of + the game, stay on top.* estar muy separado = set + far apart.* estar muy usado = be well thumbed.* estar nervioso = be in a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.* estar oculto = lie + hidden.* estar ocupado = busyness, be engaged, be tied up.* estar ordenado en forma circular = be on a wheel.* estar orgulloso de = be proud (of/to).* estar orientado a/para = be geared to.* estar orientado hacia = target.* estar orientado hacia + Nombre = be + Nombre + driven.* estar patas arriba = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.* estar pendiente de = be on the lookout for, pay + attention to, keep + an eye on, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.* estar pendiente de todo = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.* estar perdido = be out of + Posesivo + league, be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head, be all at sea.* estar permitido = be permissible.* estar plagado de = be rife with.* estar plenamente convencido de Algo = feel (it) in + Posesivo + bones.* estar pluriempleado = moonlight, work + a second job.* estar pluriempleado, tener un segundo trabajo, tener un segundo empleo = work + a second job.* estar poco dispuesto = be reluctant.* estar poco representado = underrepresent [under-represent].* estar por delante de = be ahead of.* estar por demostrar = be unproven.* estar por detrás = be behind.* estar por encima de = overlay, overlie.* estar por las nubes = be through the roof.* estar por ver = be an open question.* estar poseído por los espíritus = haunt.* estar precavido = be on + Posesivo + guard, be on guard (against).* estar predestinado a = be predestined to.* estar predispuesto = feel + partial.* estar predispuesto a = be predisposed to/toward(s).* estar preñada = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.* estar preocupadísimo = be worried stiff (about), be worried sick.* estar preocupado por = be anxious to.* estar preparado = be readied, stand + ready, be ready.* estar preparado para = be geared up for/to, stand + poised.* estar preparado y dispuesto a = be willing and able to.* estar preparado y dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.* estar presente = be manifest, be present, be in evidence.* estar presionado = be under the gun.* estar propuesto a = be intent on.* estar próximo = be at hand.* estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).* estar que + subirse + por las paredes = tear + Posesivo + hair out.* estar realizándose = underway [under way], be in progress, be in hand.* estar rebosante de = spill over with.* estar rebosante de salud = fit as a fiddle.* estar relacionado con = be associated with, regard.* estar relacionado con el trabajo = be work related.* estar resentido = carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.* estar resfriado = have + a cold.* estar respaldado por Alguien = have + Nombre + behind + Pronombre.* estar restringido = be constrained.* estar resuelto a = be intent on, be all set to.* estar saliendo con alguien = be in a dating relationship.* estar salpicado de = be dotted with.* estar sano y salvo = be alive and well.* estar satisfecho (de) = be satisfied (with).* estar saturado de trabajo = work to + capacity.* estar sediento = be thirsty, spit + feathers, be parched, be parched with thirst.* estar seguro = be sure, make + sure, set + your watch by.* estar seguro de = be certain (of), be confident about, feel + confident.* estar seguro de que = be confident that.* estar sentado sin hacer o decir nada = sit by.* estar separado = set + apart.* estar separado de = be remote from.* estar sesgado = bias, slant.* estar siempre + Adjetivo = be ever + Adjetivo.* estar siempre buscando = be on the lookout for.* estar siempre dispuesto a ayudar = be always willing to assist.* estar siendo + Participio = be in process of + Nombre.* estar sin blanca = not have a bean.* estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.* estar sin trabajo = stay out of + work.* estar sin una pela = not have a bean.* estar sin un centavo = not have a bean.* estar sin un céntimo = not have a bean.* * *I 1.1) ( seguido de adjetivos) [ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1] to bequé gordo está! — isn't he fat!, hasn't he got(ten) fat!
la sopa está deliciosa/muy caliente — the soup is delicious/very hot
está muy simpático conmigo — he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently)
todo está tan caro! — things are o have become so expensive!
está cansada/furiosa/embarazada — she is tired/furious/pregnant
2) (con bien, mal, mejor, peor)están todos bien, gracias — they're all fine, thanks
está mal que no se lo perdones — it's wrong of you not to forgive him; ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor
3) ( hablando de estado civil) to be4) ( seguido de participios)estar sentado/echado/arrodillado — to be sitting/lying/kneeling (down)
estaban abrazados — they had their arms around each other; ver tb verbo auxiliar 2
5) ( con predicado introducido por preposición) to be; (para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente)¿a cómo está la uva? — how much are the grapes?
están de limpieza/viaje — they're spring-cleaning/on a trip
estar con alguien — ( estar de acuerdo) to agree with somebody; ( apoyar) to support somebody, be on somebody's side
estar en algo: no lo hemos solucionado pero estamos en ello or eso — we haven't solved it but we're working on it
6) ( introducido por que)2.estar vi1) ( en un lugar)edificio/pueblo ( estar ubicado) to be¿dónde está Chiapas? — where's Chiapas?
2)a) persona/objeto ( hallarse en cierto momento) to be¿sabes dónde está Pedro? — do you know where Pedro is?
¿a qué hora tienes que estar allí? — what time do you have to be there?
¿dónde estábamos la clase pasada? — where did we get to in the last class?
b) ( figurar) to beyo no estaba en la lista — I wasn't on the list, my name didn't appear on the list
¿está Rodrigo? — is Rodrigo in?
¿estamos todos? — are we all here?
4)a) (quedarse, permanecer)¿cuánto tiempo estarás en Londres? — how long are you going to be in London (for)?
b) ( vivir)ahora estamos en Soca — we're in o we live in Soca now
5) ( en el tiempo)¿a qué (día) estamos? — what day is it today?
¿a cuánto estamos hoy? — what's the date today?
estamos a 28 de mayo — it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May
¿en qué mes estamos? — what month are we in o is it?
6) (existir, haber)y después está el problema de... — and then there's the problem of...
luego están los niños, hay que pensar en ellos — then there are the children to think about
7) (tener como función, cometido)estar para algo: para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for; estamos para ayudarlos — we're here to help them
8) ( radicar)estar en algo: en eso está el problema that's where the problem lies; todo está en que él quiera — it all depends on whether he wants to or not
9) (estar listo, terminado)lo atas con un nudo y ya está — you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are
10) ( quedar entendido)que no vuelva a suceder ¿estamos? — don't let it happen again, understand? o (colloq) got it?
11)ya que estamos/estás — while we're/you're at it
12) (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl)3.te está grande/pequeña — it's too big/too small for you
estar v aux1) ( con gerundio)2) ( con participio)4.ya está hecho un hombrecito — he's a proper young man now; ver tb estar cópula 4)
estarse v pron1) (enf) ( permanecer) to stay¿no te puedes estar quieto? — can't you stay o keep still?
2) (enf) ( llegar) to beIImasculino (esp AmL) living room* * *= be, become, live with.Ex: Systems such as Dialog, IRS, ORBIT and BLAISE may be accessed by libraries and information units.
Ex: Some degree of ignorance of this kind is not unusual since the usual objective in consulting an information source is to become better informed.Ex: Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.* ¡cómo se nota que no está el jefe! = while the cat's away, the mice will play.* ahí está el problema = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.* ahí está la dificultad = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.* creer que estar bien = feel + right.* creer que estar mal = feel + wrong.* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.* dejar como + estar = leave + untouched.* dejar las cosas como están = let + sleeping dogs lie.* de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.* el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.* el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.* esperanza + estar = hope + lie.* estando de acuerdo = approvingly.* estando de servicio = while on the job.* estando sentado = from a seated position.* estar a años de distancia = be years away.* estar abierto a = be open to.* estar abocado a ser = be doomed.* estar absorto en = be wrapped up in.* estar aburridísimo = be bored stiff, be bored to death, be bored to tears, be bored out of + Posesivo + mind.* estar aburrido como una ostra = be bored stiff.* estar a caballo entre = stand + midway between, straddle (between).* estar a caballo entre... y... = lie + midway between... and..., tread + a fine line between... and, tread + the thin line between... and, tread + a delicate line between... and.* estar acabando con = eat away at.* estar acabándose = be on the way out, be on + Posesivo + last legs.* estar a + Cantidad + de distancia = Cantidad + distant from.* estar a cargo de = man, be the responsibility of.* estar accesible = be up.* estar accesible en línea = go + online.* estar accesible en red = go + online.* estar acertado = be right on track.* estar acostumbrado a = be familiar with, be no stranger to, be used to.* estar acostumbrado a + Infinitivo = be accustomed to + Gerundio.* estar a dos velas = not have a bean.* estar a + Expresión Numérica + de distancia = be + Número + away.* estar a favor de = be for, be in favour (of), come down in + favour of.* estar a favor de una idea = favour + idea.* estar a favor o en contra = be for or against.* estar agobiado de = be snowed under with.* estar agradecido = be thankful.* estar a la alerta de = be wary of.* estar a la altura de = live up to, be equal to.* estar a la altura de la circunstancias = make + the cut.* estar a la altura de las circunstancias = come up with + the goods.* estar a la altura de las circunstancias = rise (up) to + challenge.* estar a la altura de las circunstancias = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, be equal to the occasion, rise (up) to + the occasion, deliver + the goods, measure up (to), be up to snuff.* estar a la altura de las expectativas = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.* estar a la altura de las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.* estar a la altura de lo que se espera = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.* estar a la baja = be down.* estar al acecho = lie in + wait.* estar a la entera disposición de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + feet.* estar al alcance de la mano = be at hand.* estar a la misma altura que = rank with.* estar a la orden del día = be the order of the day.* estar a la par de = rank with.* estar a la vuelta de la esquina = be just around the corner.* estar al borde de = teeter + on the edge of.* estar al completo = overbook.* estar al corriente = monitor + developments.* estar al día = monitor + developments, stay on top of + the game, stay on top of, stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.* estar alejado + Expresión Numérica = be + Número + away.* estar al lado de = stand by + Lugar.* estar al loro de = be on the lookout for, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.* estar al máximo = overstretch.* estar al mismo nivel = be on a par.* estar al tanto = monitor + developments.* estar al tanto de = be on the lookout for, keep + track of, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.* estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.* estar a mano = be on hand, be around.* estar a medio camino entre... y... = lie + midway between... and....* estar a merced de = be at the mercy of.* estar ansioso por = be eager to.* estar ante = be faced with.* estar apagado = be off.* estar a punto de = be poised to, be about to, be on the point of, stand + poised, come + very close to.* estar a punto de cascarlas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.* estar a punto de decir = be on the tip of + Posesivo + tongue to say.* estar a punto de + Infinitivo = be about + Infinitivo.* estar aquí ya = be upon us.* estar a resultas de = keep + track of.* estar arraigado en = be rooted in.* estar arrestado = be under arrest.* estar arriba = sit on + top.* estar a salvo = be in safe hands.* estar asociado a = be associated with, be bound up with.* estar atado a = hold + hostage to.* estar atareado = be tied up.* estar atento a = be on the lookout for, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.* estar aterrorizado = be petrified of, be frightened to death, be scared stiff, be terrified.* estar a tope = overstretch.* estar atrancado = be stuck.* estar atrasado en el pago = be in arrears.* estar aumentando = be on the increase.* estár aún más alejados = be one step further removed.* estar aún por llegar = be yet to come.* estar ausente = lack.* estar ausente de = be absent (from).* estar avanzado = be well under way.* estar avergonzado = be ashamed.* estar averiado = be out of order.* estar aviado = be (in) a mess.* estar bajo arresto = be under arrest.* estar bajo la tutela de = fall under + the auspices of.* estar bastante acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.* estar bastante alejado = be a distance apart.* estar bien = be okay, be in good shape, be in good health.* estar bien de salud = be in good health.* estar bien encaminado = be on the right track.* estar bien pensado = be carefully thought out.* estar borracho = be drunk, see + double.* estar callado = keep + quiet.* estar cansado de = be sick and tired of.* estar capacitado para = be qualified to.* estar casi finalizado = near + completion.* estar casi terminado = be nearing completion, reach + near completion.* estar castigado = be in the doghouse.* estar cerca = be at hand, be on hand, be around.* estar cerca de = be close to.* estar chalado = be off + Posesivo + rocker.* estar chiflado = be off + Posesivo + rocker.* estar chiflado por = have + a crush on.* estar chupado = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a snap, be a picnic, be duck soup.* estar clarísimo = be patently clear.* estar claro = be plain, be out in the open.* estar colado por = have + a crush on.* estar como una cabra = be a real nutter.* estar completamente borracho = be drunk and incapable.* estar completamente de acuerdo con = agree + wholeheartedly with.* estar completamente equivocado = be way off.* estar comprometido a = hold + hostage to.* estar comprometido a + Infinitivo = be committed to + Gerundio.* estar con amigos en la calle pasando el rato sin hacer nada = hang out + on the street.* estar condenado a ser = be doomed.* estar conectado = be on.* estar con el alma en vilo = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.* estar con el tema = be on the topic.* estar confinado = be confined.* estar confuso = blur, be at sixes and sevens with, be at a nonplus, be all at sea.* estar congelado = be frozen stiff.* estar con la espalda contra la pared = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.* estar contentísimo = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.* estar contraindicado = be contraindicated.* estar contra las cuertas = be against the ropes.* estar convencido = there + be + strong feeling.* estar convencido de la idea de que = be committed to the idea that.* estar convirtiéndose rápidamente = be fast becoming.* estar correcto = be correct.* estar correlacionado con = be correlated with.* estar de acorde con = be commensurate with.* estar de acuerdo = approve, be in agreement, concur (with), be agreed.* estar de acuerdo con = accord with, conform to, fit, go along with, fit with, be in conformity with, mesh with, see + eye to eye (with/on), jive with.* estar de acuerdo (con/en) = see + eye to eye (with/on).* estar de acuerdo con una idea = subscribe to + idea.* estar de acuerdo en que no + estar + de acuerdo = agree to + disagree.* estar de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).* estar de acuerdo unánimemente = agree on + all hands.* estar de baja = be off work.* estar de baja por enfermedad = be off work sick.* estar debatiéndose = be under discussion.* estar de brazos cruzados = stand + idle, sit + idle.* estar de buen humor = be high.* estar de camino a = be on the road to.* estar de capa caída = be in the doldrums.* estar de cháchara = chinwag.* estar decidido a = be determined to, be of a mind to, be intent on, be all set to.* estar decidido a continuar = be set to continue.* estar decidido a + Infinitivo = be set to + Infinitivo.* estar demasiado representado = overrepresent.* estar de moda = be in.* estar densamente poblado de = be dense with.* estar dentro de = fall within/into.* estar dentro de la competencia = be the province of.* estar dentro de las posibilidades de uno = lie within + Posesivo + power.* estar de palique = chinwag.* estar de parloteo = chinwag.* estar de pie = stand.* estar de pie por encima de = stand over.* estar desacertado = miss + the mark, miss + the point.* estar desacreditado = hold in + disrepute.* estar desapareciendo = be on the way out.* estar desasosegado = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.* estar desbordado de = be snowed under with.* estar desbordante de = spill over with.* estar descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* estar descontento con = express + dissatisfaction with.* estar deseoso de = be anxious to, be more than ready for.* estar desesperado = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.* estar desocupado = stand + idle.* estar desordenado = be out of order.* estar desquiciado = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.* estar destinado a = be intended for/to.* estar destrozado = be + wreck, be a shambles.* estar de suerte = be in luck.* estar detenido = be under arrest.* estar de vacaciones = be on vacation, be off on vacation.* estar de vuelta = be back.* estar de vuelta dentro de = be back in + Expresión Temporal.* estar directamente relacionado con = be directly correlated to.* estar disgustado por = feel deeply about.* estar disperso = lie + scattered.* estar disponible = be available, be forthcoming, be at hand.* estar dispuestísimo a = be more than willing to.* estar dispuesto = be game.* estar dispuesto a = be keen to, be prepared to, be willing to, be of a mind to, be willing and able to, be ready, willing and able.* estar dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.* estar dispuesto y deseoso a = be willing and able to.* estar dominado por Alguien = be under + Posesivo + thumb.* estar ducho en = be adept at.* estar dudoso = be doubtful.* estar embarazada = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.* estar emocionado = be thrilled.* estar empachado = have + indigestion.* estar empeorando = be in decline.* estar en = be in the course of.* estar en alza = be up.* estar enamorado de = carry + a torch for + Nombre, have + a crush on.* estar en apuros = be in trouble, be in a fix.* estar en ascuas = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold, sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.* estar en auge = go + strong.* estar en Babia = be in cloud cuckoo land, live in + cloud cuckoo land.* estar en barbecho = lie + fallow.* estar en buenas manos = be in safe hands.* estar encaminado a = be on the road to.* estar en camino de = be on the way to.* estar encantadísimo = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.* estar encantado = be thrilled.* estar encantado de Hacer Algo = be more than happy to + Infinitivo.* estar en casa = be in.* estar en celo = be on heat, be in heat.* estar encendido = be on.* estar enchufado = be on.* estar encinta = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.* estar en consonancia con = be consonant with, attune to, align + Reflexivo + with.* estar en contacto (con) = stay in + touch (with), be in touch (with).* estar en contra de = be against.* estar en debate = be under discussion.* estar en decadencia = be in decline, be in retreat.* estar en declive = be in decline.* estar en desacuerdo = be at variance, disagree, quarrel with, beg to differ, be at sixes and sevens with each other.* estar en desacuerdo con = be at odds with, be at loggerheads with.* estar en desacuerdo sobre = be at odds over.* estar en desigualdad = be under par.* estar en desventaja = be disadvantaged, be at a disadvantage.* estar en deuda = be in debt.* estar en deuda con = be beholden to.* estar endeudado = be in debt.* estar en dificultades = be in trouble.* estar en duda = be in question.* estar en el lugar adecuado en el momento adecuado = be in the right place at the right time.* estar en el lugar indicado en el momento indicado = be in the right place at the right time.* estar en el lugar oportuno en el momento oportuno = be in the right place at the right time.* estar en el séptimo cielo = be on cloud nine, float on + air.* estar en el sitio justo en el momento preciso = be on the spot.* estar enemistados = be at loggerheads.* estar en estado = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.* estar en estado de buena esperanza = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.* estar en estado de cambio = be in flux.* estar enfermo de amor = be lovesick.* estar en flor = be in bloom, be in flower.* estar en floración = be in bloom, be in flower.* estar en forma = be in shape, be in good shape.* estar enfrascado en Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.* estar enfrentados = be at loggerheads.* estar en funcionamiento = be up.* estar en función de = be a function of.* estar en guardia = be on guard (against), be on + Posesivo + guard.* estar en guerra con = be at war with.* estar en igualdad de condiciones con = be on (an) equal footing with.* estar en inferioridad de condiciones = punch above + Posesivo + weight.* estar en juego = be at stake.* estar en la gloria = be on cloud nine, float on + air.* estar en la inopia = live in + cloud cuckoo land.* estar en la mejor posición para = be best positioned to.* estar en la misma categoria que = rank with.* estar en la onda = attune to + wavelength.* estar en las mismas = be back to square one.* estar en las últimas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.* estar en lo cierto = hit + the truth.* estar en manos privadas = hold in + private hands.* estar en marcha = tick over.* estar en mayoría = be in the majority.* estar en medio de = caught in the middle.* estar en minoría = be in the minority.* estar en misa y repicando = have + a finger in every pie.* estar enojado = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle.* estar en paz = pay + Posesivo + dues.* estar en peligro = be in jeopardy, be in question, be endangered, be at risk, be at stake.* estar en peligro (de) = be in danger (of).* estar en posición de = be in a position to.* estar en proceso de = be on the way to, be in the process of, be in the course of.* estar en proceso de cambio = be in flux.* estar en proceso de + Infinitivo = be on to + Infinitivo.* estar en retirada = be in retreat.* estar en ruinas = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.* estar en sintonía con = attune to.* estar en situación de = be in a position to.* estar en suspense = sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.* estar en tensión = sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.* estar en todo = have + a finger in every pie.* estar en trance de = be in the process of.* estar entre = fall between.* estar entre la espada y la pared = be on the horns of a dilemma.* estar entre los primeros = stay on top.* estar entre rejas = be behind bars.* estar entusiasmado = be thrilled.* estar en un aprieto = be in a fix.* estar en una situación diferente = be on a different track.* estar en un berenjenal = be (in) a mess.* estar en un mar de dudas = feel at + sea, be all at sea.* estar en un momento clave = be at a watershed.* estar en un momento decisivo = be at a watershed.* estar en un sinvivir = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.* estar en venta = be up for sale.* estar en vías de = be on the road to, be in the process of.* estar en vías de conseguir = be on the road to.* estar en vilo = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold, sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.* estar equivoado = miss + the point.* estar equivocado = be mistaken, be wide of the mark, be wrong, be in error, miss + the mark, be in the wrong.* estar equivocado en + Número + cosas = be wrong on + Número + count(s).* estar erróneo = be in error.* estar esparcido = lie + scattered.* estar estrechamente ligado a = be closely tied to.* estar estropeado = be kaput.* estar estropeándose = be on the way out.* estar exento de pagar impuestos = write off.* estar falto de = be short of.* estar falto de práctica = get + rusty.* estar familiarizado con = have + familiarity with.* estar firmemente convencido = strongly held opinion.* estar frenético = be furious.* estar frito de sed = be parched, spit + feathers, be parched with thirst.* estar fuera = be out.* estar fuera con los amigos = be out with the guys.* estar fuera de contienda = be out of contention.* estar fuera del alcance = lie outside + the scope of.* estar fuera de las posibilidades de Alguien = be out of + Posesivo + league.* estar fuera del interés = lie outside + the scope of.* estar fuera del interés de uno = lie beyond + concern.* estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.* estar fuera de quicio = be beside + Reflexivo.* estar fuera de rumbo = be off course.* estar fuera de secuencia = be out of order.* estar fuera de sí = be beside + Reflexivo.* estar funcionando = be in place.* estar furioso = fume.* estar + Gerundio = be on the way to.* estar hablando del tema = be on the topic.* estar haciendo = be up to.* estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good, get up to + no good.* estar hambriento = starve.* estar harto = have had enough.* estar harto de = be all too familiar with, be sick and tired of.* estar hasta la coronilla de = be sick and tired of.* estar hecho a escala = be to scale.* estar hecho con la intención de = be intended for/to.* estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.* estar hecho el uno para el otro = be well suited to each other, be two of a kind, be a right pair.* estar hecho para = be geared to, be intended for/to, mean, be cut out for.* estar hecho polvo = be + wreck.* estar hecho un desastre = look like + a wreck, be a shambles, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus, look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, be (in) a mess.* estar hecho un esqueleto = be a bag of bones.* estar hecho un flan = shake like + a leaf, tremble like + a leaf.* estar hecho un lío = be at sixes and sevens with.* estar hecho un perla = be a bit of a lad.* estar hecho un pinta = be a bit of a lad.* estar hecho un prenda = be a bit of a lad.* estar helado = be frozen stiff.* estar implícito en = run through.* estar inactivo = lie + fallow, lie + dormant.* estar incluido = be embedded.* estar indeciso = be hesitant (to).* estar indeciso entre... o... = be torn between... and....* estar inerte = lie + fallow.* estar informado puntualmente sobre = monitor + information on.* estar inmune a = be immune against.* estar inquieto = be disturbed.* estar interesado en = be interested in, be keen to.* estar inundado de = be snowed under with.* estar junto a = stand by + Lugar.* estar juntos = be together, stand + together.* estar justo en medio de = stand + squarely in.* estar la mar de contento = be over the moon.* estar lejos de (ser) + Infinitivo = be far from + Gerundio.* estar levantado = be up.* estar libre de = be free from.* estar ligado a = be bound up with.* estar listo = stand + ready, be ready.* estar listo para = be poised to, stand + poised, be all set to.* estar lleno de problemas = bristle with + problems.* estar localizable = be locatable.* estar loco = be off + Posesivo + rocker.* estar loco de alegría = be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits, be tickled pink.* estar loco de contento = be beside + Reflexivo + with joy, be over the moon, be over the moon.* estar loco de remate = be a real nutter.* estar loco por = have + a crush on.* estar majareta = be off + Posesivo + rocker.* estar mal = be wrong, feel under + the weather, be under the weather.* estar mal comunicado con = have + poor connections with.* estar mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* estar mal visto = frown on/upon.* estar manga por hombro = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.* estar marcado por = be pockmarked with.* estar mareado de tanto trabajo = be reeling.* estar mejor = be better off, be better served by.* estar metido en todo = have + a finger in every pie.* estar molesto = be displeased, get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, put off.* estar motivado = be motivated, have + motivation.* estar moviéndose en terreno seguro = be on secure ground.* estar muerto de asco = be bored to death, be bored stiff, be bored to tears, be bored out of + Posesivo + mind.* estar muerto de frío = be frozen stiff.* estar muerto de hambre = be starving to death.* estar muerto de miedo = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified.* estar muerto de sed = spit + feathers, be parched, be parched with thirst.* estar muy acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.* estar muy agradecido a = be indebted to.* estar muy alejado de = be a long way from.* estar muy arraigado en = be well embedded in.* estar muy bajo = be way down.* estar muy cerca de = be one step away from, be steps away from, come + very close to.* estar muy convencido de = have + strong feelings about.* estar muy emocionado con/por = be excited about.* estar muy esparcido = spread + Nombre + thinly.* estar muy lejano = be far off.* estar muy lejos = be far off, be a long way off.* estar muy por delante de = be way out ahead of.* estar muy por delante de su tiempo = be years ahead of + Posesivo + time.* estar muy puesto = stay on top of + the game, stay on top.* estar muy separado = set + far apart.* estar muy usado = be well thumbed.* estar nervioso = be in a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.* estar oculto = lie + hidden.* estar ocupado = busyness, be engaged, be tied up.* estar ordenado en forma circular = be on a wheel.* estar orgulloso de = be proud (of/to).* estar orientado a/para = be geared to.* estar orientado hacia = target.* estar orientado hacia + Nombre = be + Nombre + driven.* estar patas arriba = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.* estar pendiente de = be on the lookout for, pay + attention to, keep + an eye on, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.* estar pendiente de todo = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.* estar perdido = be out of + Posesivo + league, be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head, be all at sea.* estar permitido = be permissible.* estar plagado de = be rife with.* estar plenamente convencido de Algo = feel (it) in + Posesivo + bones.* estar pluriempleado = moonlight, work + a second job.* estar pluriempleado, tener un segundo trabajo, tener un segundo empleo = work + a second job.* estar poco dispuesto = be reluctant.* estar poco representado = underrepresent [under-represent].* estar por delante de = be ahead of.* estar por demostrar = be unproven.* estar por detrás = be behind.* estar por encima de = overlay, overlie.* estar por las nubes = be through the roof.* estar por ver = be an open question.* estar poseído por los espíritus = haunt.* estar precavido = be on + Posesivo + guard, be on guard (against).* estar predestinado a = be predestined to.* estar predispuesto = feel + partial.* estar predispuesto a = be predisposed to/toward(s).* estar preñada = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.* estar preocupadísimo = be worried stiff (about), be worried sick.* estar preocupado por = be anxious to.* estar preparado = be readied, stand + ready, be ready.* estar preparado para = be geared up for/to, stand + poised.* estar preparado y dispuesto a = be willing and able to.* estar preparado y dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.* estar presente = be manifest, be present, be in evidence.* estar presionado = be under the gun.* estar propuesto a = be intent on.* estar próximo = be at hand.* estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).* estar que + subirse + por las paredes = tear + Posesivo + hair out.* estar realizándose = underway [under way], be in progress, be in hand.* estar rebosante de = spill over with.* estar rebosante de salud = fit as a fiddle.* estar relacionado con = be associated with, regard.* estar relacionado con el trabajo = be work related.* estar resentido = carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.* estar resfriado = have + a cold.* estar respaldado por Alguien = have + Nombre + behind + Pronombre.* estar restringido = be constrained.* estar resuelto a = be intent on, be all set to.* estar saliendo con alguien = be in a dating relationship.* estar salpicado de = be dotted with.* estar sano y salvo = be alive and well.* estar satisfecho (de) = be satisfied (with).* estar saturado de trabajo = work to + capacity.* estar sediento = be thirsty, spit + feathers, be parched, be parched with thirst.* estar seguro = be sure, make + sure, set + your watch by.* estar seguro de = be certain (of), be confident about, feel + confident.* estar seguro de que = be confident that.* estar sentado sin hacer o decir nada = sit by.* estar separado = set + apart.* estar separado de = be remote from.* estar sesgado = bias, slant.* estar siempre + Adjetivo = be ever + Adjetivo.* estar siempre buscando = be on the lookout for.* estar siempre dispuesto a ayudar = be always willing to assist.* estar siendo + Participio = be in process of + Nombre.* estar sin blanca = not have a bean.* estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.* estar sin trabajo = stay out of + work.* estar sin una pela = not have a bean.* estar sin un centavo = not have a bean.* estar sin un céntimo = not have a bean* * *■ estar (cópula)A seguido de adjetivosB estar bien, mal, mejor, peorC hablando de estado civilD seguido de participiosE con preposición + predicadoF con que + predicado■ estar (verbo intransitivo)A quedar ubicadoB1 hallarse en cierto momento2 figurarC1 hallarse en determinado lugar2 acudirD1 quedarse, permanecer2 vivirSentido II en el tiempoA existir, haberB tener como función etcC radicarD estar listo, terminadoE quedar entendidoF quedar grande, pequeño etcG Derecho■ estar (verbo auxiliar)A con gerundioB con participio■ estarse (verbo pronominal)A permanecerB acudirA (seguido de adjetivos) [ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser1 (↑ ser (1)) . Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser1 (↑ ser (1)) ] to be¡qué gordo está! isn't he fat!, hasn't he got(ten) fat! o put on a lot of weight!¡qué alto está Ignacio! isn't Ignacio tall now!, hasn't Ignacio got(ten) tall o grown!¡pobre abuelo! está viejo poor grandpa! he's really agedel rape está delicioso ¿qué le has puesto? the monkfish is delicious, how did you cook it?está muy simpático con nosotros ¿qué querrá? he's being o he's been so nice to us (recently), what do you think he's after?no estuvo grosero contigo — sí, lo estuvo he wasn't rude to you — yes, he wasestás muy callado ¿qué te pasa? you're very quiet, what's the matter?¡pero tú estás casi calvo! but you're almost bald, but you've gone almost bald o you've lost almost all your hair!¿no me oyes? ¿estás sorda? can't you hear me? are you deaf?¿está muerto/vivo? is he dead/alive?está cansada/furiosa/embarazada she is tired/furious/pregnant¿cómo están por tu casa? — están todos bien, gracias how's everybody at home? — they're all fine, thanks¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive himC (hablando de estado civil) to beestá casada con un primo mío she's married to a cousin of minesus padres están divorciados her parents are divorcedD(seguido de participios): estaba sentado/echado en la cama he was sitting/lying on the bedestá colgado de una rama it's hanging from a branchestaban abrazados they had their arms around each otherestaba arrodillada she was kneeling (down)E (con predicado introducido por preposición) to be (para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente)estoy a régimen I'm on a diet¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?estamos como al principio we're back to where we startedestá con el sarampión she has (the) measlesestoy con muchas ganas de empezar I'm really looking forward to startingsiempre está con lo mismo/con que es un incomprendido he's always going on about the same thing/about how nobody understands himestaba de luto/de uniforme he was in mourning/uniformhoy está de mejor humor she's in a better mood todayestán de limpieza/viaje they're spring-cleaning/on a tripestoy de cocinera hasta que vuelva mi madre I'm doing the cooking until my mother comes backestuvo de secretaria en una empresa internacional she worked as a secretary in an international companyestás en un error you're mistakenno estoy para fiestas/bromas I'm not in the mood for parties/jokingestamos sin electricidad we don't have any electricity at the moment, the electricity is off at the momentéste está sin pintar this one hasn't been painted yetyo estoy contigo, creo que ella está equivocada I agree with you o ( colloq) I'm with you, I think she's mistakennuestro partido está con el pueblo our party supports o is on the side of the peopleel pueblo está con nosotros the people are with usestar en algo: todavía no hemos solucionado el problema, pero estamos en ello or eso we still haven't solved the problem, but we're working on itestá que no hay quien lo aguante he's (being) unbearableel agua está que pela the water's scalding hotviA «edificio/pueblo» (quedar, estar ubicado) ; to bela agencia está en el centro the agency is in the center¿dónde está Camagüey? where's Camagüey?el pueblo está a 20 kilómetros de aquí the town's 20 kilometers from hereB1 «persona/objeto» (hallarse en cierto momento) to be¿a qué hora tienes que estar allí? what time do you have to be there?estando allí conoció a Micaela he met Micaela while he was there¿dónde estábamos la clase pasada? where did we get to o had we got(ten) to in the last class?2 (figurar) to beesa palabra no está en el diccionario that word isn't in the dictionaryyo no estaba en la lista I wasn't on the list, my name didn't appear on the listC1(hallarse en determinado lugar): fui a verla pero no estaba I went to see her but she wasn't there¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?¿estamos todos? are we all here?, is everyone here?2D1(quedarse, permanecer): sólo estaré unos días I'll only be staying a few days, I'll only be here/there a few days¿cuánto tiempo estuviste en Londres? how long were you in London?2(vivir): ya no vivimos allí, ahora estamos en Soca we don't live there anymore, we're in o we live in Soca nowde momento estoy con mi hermana at the moment I'm staying with my sister(en el tiempo): ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today o today's date?, what date is it today?estamos a mediados de mes we're halfway through the monthestamos en primavera it's spring, spring has come¿en qué mes estamos? what month are we in o is it?ellos están en primavera ahora it's spring for them now, it's their spring nowA(existir, haber): y después está el problema de la financiación and then there's the problem of financeB (tener como función, cometido) estar PARA algo:para eso estamos that's what we're here forpara eso están los amigos that's what friends are forya que estamos/estás while we're/you're at it o ( BrE) about itC(radicar): ahí está el quid del asunto that's the crux of the matterestar EN algo:la dificultad está en hacerlo sin mirar the difficult thing is to do it o the difficulty lies in doing it without lookingtodo está en que él quiera ayudarnos it all depends on whether he wants to help us or notD(estar listo, terminado): la carne todavía no está the meat's not ready yetlo atas con un nudo aquí y ya está you tie a knot in it here and that's it o there you areenseguida estoy I'll be with you in a minute o in a second, I'll be right with you¡ya está! ¡ya sé lo que podemos hacer! I've got it! I know what we can do!¡ahí está! that's it!E(quedar entendido): quiero que estés de vuelta a las diez ¿estamos? or (Ur) ¿está? I want you to be back by ten, all right?que no vuelva a suceder ¿estamos? don't let it happen again, understand? o is that understood? o ( colloq) got it?F( Esp) (quedar) (+ me/te/le etc), (+ compl): esa falda te está grande/pequeña that skirt's too big/too small for youla 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you betterse estará a lo estipulado en la cláusula 20 the stipulations of clause 20 will apply■A(con gerundio): está lloviendo it's rainingno hagas ruido, están durmiendo don't make any noise, they're asleepse está afeitando/duchando or está afeitándose/duchándose he's shaving/taking a showerestuve un rato hablando con él I was talking o I talked to him for a while¿qué estará pensando? I wonder what she's thinkingya estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossibleya te estás quitando de ahí, que ése es mi lugar ( fam); OK, out of there/off there, that's my place ( colloq)B(con participio): ¿esta ropa está planchada? have these clothes been ironed?, are these clothes ironed?la foto estaba tomada desde muy lejos the photo had been taken from a long way away o from a great distanceese asiento está ocupado that seat is takenya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man nowestá hecha una vaga she's got(ten) o become lazy■ estarseA ( enf) (permanecer) to stayse estuvo horas ahí sentado sin moverse he remained sitting there for hours without moving, he sat there for hours without moving¿no te puedes estar quieto un momento? can't you stay o keep still for a minute?estése tranquilo don't worryestáte allí media hora antes be there o arrive half an hour before( esp AmL)living room* * *
estar 1 ( conjugate estar) cópula
1a) ( seguido de adjetivos)◊ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1 to be;
estás más gordo you've put on weight;
estoy cansada I'm tired;
está muy simpático conmigo he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently);
¡todo está tan caro! things are o have become so expensive!b) ( con◊ bien, mal, mejor, peor): están todos bien, gracias they're all fine, thanks;
¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!;
está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him;
ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor
2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;
3 ( seguido de participios)
estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other;
ver tb v aux 2
4 ( seguido de preposición) to be;
(para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente);
¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?;
está con el sarampión she has (the) measles;
estoy de cocinera I'm doing the cooking;
estamos sin electricidad the electricity is off at the moment;
está sin pintar it hasn't been painted yet
verbo intransitivo
1 ( en un lugar) to be;◊ ¿dónde está Chiapas? where's Chiapas?;
está a 20 kilómetros de aquí it's 20 kilometers from here;
¿sabes dónde está Pedro? do you know where Pedro is?;
¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?;
solo estaré unos días I'll only be staying a few days;
¿cuánto tiempo estarás en Londres? how long are you going to be in London (for)?
2 ( en el tiempo):◊ ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?;
¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today?;
estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May;
estamos en primavera it's spring
3a) (tener como función, cometido):
estamos para ayudarlos we're here to help them
4 (estar listo, terminado):
lo atas con un nudo y ya está you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are;
enseguida estoy I'll be right with you
5 (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl):
la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better
estar v aux
1 ( con gerundio):
estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible
2 ( con participio):
ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now;
ver tb estar cópula 3
estarse verbo pronominal ( enf) ( permanecer) to stay;◊ ¿no te puedes estar quieto? can't you stay o keep still?;
estese tranquilo don't worry
estar 2 sustantivo masculino (esp AmL) living room
estar verbo intransitivo
1 (existir, hallarse) to be: está al norte, it is to the north
¿estarás en casa?, will you be at home?
no está en ningún lado, it isn't anywhere
estamos aquí para servirle, we are at your service
su pedido aún no está, your order isn't ready yet
2 (permanecer) to stay: estos días estoy en casa de mis padres, these days I'm staying at my parents' place
estoy en la oficina de ocho a dos, I'm at the office from eight to two
quiero que estés aquí un minuto, ahora vuelvo, stay here, I'll be right back
3 (tener una situación actual determinada: con adjetivo o participio) estaba blanco como la cera, he had turned as white as a sheet
está dormido, he's asleep
está teñida de rubio, her hair's dyed blonde
(con gerundio) está estudiando, he is studying
estaba preparando la comida, I was cooking
(con adverbio) estoy tan lejos, I'm so far away
está muy mal, (enfermo) he is very ill
4 (quedar, sentar) el jersey me está pequeño, the sweater is too small for me
5 (para indicar precio, grados, fecha) (+ a: fecha) to be: ¿a qué día estamos?, what's the date?
estamos a 1 de Julio, it is the first of July
(: precio) to be at: ¿a cómo/cuánto están las manzanas?, how much are the apples?
están a setenta pesetas el kilo, they're seventy pesetas a kilo
(: grados) en Madrid estamos a cuarenta grados, it's forty degrees in Madrid
♦ Locuciones: ¿estamos?, agreed?
estar a disposición de, to be at the disposal of
estar a la que salta, to be ready to take advantage of an opportunity
estar a las duras y a las maduras, to take the bad with the good
estar al caer, to be just round the corner
estar en baja, to be waning
estar en todo, to be on top of everything
estaría bueno, whatever next
ESTAR CON: (de acuerdo con) estoy con María, I agree with Mary
ESTAR DE: estoy de broma, I'm joking
está de camarero, he's working as a waiter
estaba de Dios que las cosas sucedieran así, it was God's will that things turned out this way, está de vacaciones, he's on holiday
me voy a marchar porque está claro que aquí estoy de más, I'm going to go because it's obvious that I'm in the way
ESTAR ENCIMA: su madre siempre está encima de él, his mother is always on top of him
ESTAR PARA: no estamos para bromas, we are in no mood for jokes
esa ropa está para planchar, these clothes are ready to be ironed
cuando estaba para salir, me llamaron, when I was just about to leave, they called me
ESTAR POR: la casa está por construir, the house has still to be built
estuve por decirle lo que pensaba, I was tempted to tell him what I thought
estoy por la igualdad de derechos, I'm for equal rights
ESTAR QUE: está que no puede con su alma, he is exhausted
familiar está que trina, he's hopping mad
ESTAR TRAS: está tras el ascenso, he is after promotion
estoy tras una blusa blanca, I'm looking for a white blouse
El uso del verbo to stay como traducción de estar en un lugar es incorrecto, a menos que quieras expresar lo contrario de irse o marcharse (no me voy a la playa, estaré en casa todo el verano, I'm not going to the beach, I'm staying at home all summer) o te refieras a alojarse: Estoy en el Palace. I'm staying at the Palace.
' estar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abismo
- acatarrada
- acatarrado
- acecho
- acomplejada
- acomplejado
- acostada
- acostado
- acostumbrada
- acostumbrado
- activa
- activo
- afónica
- afónico
- agradecer
- agua
- aire
- ajo
- ala
- alero
- alerta
- amiga
- amigo
- andar
- antena
- apañada
- apañado
- apogeo
- ascua
- atar
- aviar
- azotea
- Babia
- baja
- bandera
- banquillo
- barco
- blanca
- bordear
- borracha
- borracho
- bote
- braga
- brecha
- brete
- buena
- bueno
- cabal
- cabeza
- cabo
English:
about
- accustom
- action
- agree
- agreement
- ahead
- air
- alert
- alive
- alone
- aloof
- amenable
- amiss
- antsy
- anxious
- approve
- associate
- attend
- away
- back
- ball
- barbecue
- be
- bean
- beck
- beg
- behind
- believe in
- beside
- best
- board
- boil
- book
- boom
- bored
- brain
- breath
- bristle with
- broke
- brown
- bulge
- burn
- by
- cake
- call
- change
- charge
- cheese off
- clash
- close
* * *♦ vi1. [hallarse] to be;¿dónde está la llave? where is the key?;¿está María? – no, no está is Maria there? – no, she's not here2. [con fechas]¿a qué estamos hoy? what's the date today?;hoy estamos a martes/a 15 de julio today is Tuesday/15 July;estábamos en octubre it was October;estamos en invierno it's winter3. [quedarse] to stay, to be;estaré un par de horas y me iré I'll stay a couple of hours and then I'll go;¿cuánto tiempo piensas estar? how long do you plan on staying?;estuvimos una semana en su casa we stayed with her for a week, we spent a week at her placeel dólar está a 10 pesos the dollar is at 10 pesos;están a dos euros el kilo they're two euros a kilo5. [hallarse listo] to be ready;¿aún no está ese trabajo? is that piece of work still not ready?;¿ya estás? pues, vámonos are you ready? let's go thenpara eso están los amigos that's what friends are for;para eso estoy that's what I'm here for;la vida está para vivirla life is for living;no tires eso al suelo, que las papeleras están para algo don't throw that on the floor, the wastepaper bins are there for a reason7. (antes de gerundio) [expresa duración] to be;están golpeando la puerta they're banging on the door8. (antes de “sin” + infinitivo) [expresa negación]estoy sin dormir desde ayer I haven't slept since yesterday;está sin acabar it's not finished;estuve sin voz dos días I had no voice o I lost my voice for two dayseso está por ver that remains to be seen;todavía está por hacer it hasn't been done yetel problema está en la fecha the problem is the date;el truco está en no mirar nunca al suelo the trick o secret is not to look at the ground[acontecimiento] to be about to happen;estar por hacer algo to be on the verge of doing sth;estuve por pegarle I was on the verge of hitting him;estoy por no ir I'm not so sure I want to go;estuve por llamarte I was about to phone you, I was just going to phone youno estoy para bromas I'm not in the mood for jokes;el enfermo no está para ver a nadie the patient is in no condition to see anyoneestoy por la libertad de expresión I'm in favour of o for freedom of speechestuvieron a visitarlo they went to visit him♦ v copulativo1. (antes de adj) [expresa cualidad, estado] to be;los pasteles están ricos the cakes are delicious;esta calle está sucia this street is dirty;¡qué alta estás! you've really grown!;estoy cansado/enfadado I'm tired/angry;¿qué tal estás? how are you?;está muy irritable últimamente she's been very irritable lately;está divorciado he's divorced;estoy enfermo/mareado I am ill/I feel sick;Andescuando estaba chiquito when I was little2. (antes de “con” o “sin” + sustantivo) [expresa estado] to be;estamos sin agua we have no water, we're without water;Famestoy sin blanca I'm broke, Br I'm skintestar de viaje to be on a trip;estar de mudanza to be (in the process of) moving;estamos de suerte we're in luck;estar de mal humor to be in a (bad) mood;¿has cambiado la rueda? – estoy en ello have you changed the tyre? – I'm working on it o I'm doing it right now;¡ya está bien! that's enough (of that)!estar en guardia to be on guardyo he estado de portero toda la primera parte I've been in goal all of the first halfesa falda te está corta that skirt's too short for you;¿cómo me está? how does this look?8. (antes de “que” + verbo) [expresa actitud]está que muerde porque ha suspendido he's furious because he failed♦ v aux1. (antes de gerundio) to be;estuvo nevando it was snowing;se está peinando she's brushing her hair;estuvieron discutiendo durante toda la reunión they spent the whole meeting arguing, they were arguing throughout the whole meeting;mañana a estas horas estaré bañándome en la playa this time tomorrow I'll be swimming at the beach2. (antes de participio)está terminado it's finished;está organizado por el ayuntamiento it's organized by the town council* * *v/i¿cómo está Vd.? how are you?;estoy mejor I’m (feeling) better;estoy bien/mal I’m fine/I’m not feeling too great;estar de tres meses be three months pregnant;estar sin dinero have no money;¡ya estoy! I’m ready!:¿está Javier? is Javier in?;mi padre no está my father isn’t here;¡ahí está! there it is!;ahora estoy con Vd. I’ll be with you in just a moment;¿dónde estábamos? where were we?3:estar haciendo algo be doing sth;estoy leyendo I’m reading4 ( sentar):te está grande it's too big for you;el vestido te está bien the dress suits you5:está de camarero he’s working as a waiter6 ( padecer de):estar del corazón/estómago have heart/stomach problems:estamos a 3 de enero it’s January 3rd;el kilo está a un peso they’re one peso a kilo8:estar con alguien agree with s.o.; ( apoyar) support s.o.;estar a bien/mal con alguien be on good/bad terms with s.o.;estar en algo be working on sth;estar para hacer algo be about to do sth;no estar para algo not be in a mood for sth;estar por algo be in favor of sth;está por hacer it hasn’t been done yet;¡ya está! that’s it!* * *estar {34} v aux: to beestoy aprendiendo inglés: I'm learning Englishestá terminado: it's finishedestar viestá muy alto: he's so tall, he's gotten very tall¿ya estás mejor?: are you feeling better now?estoy casado: I'm marriedestán en la mesa: they're on the tableestamos en la página 2: we're on page 23) : to be at home¿está María?: is Maria in?4) : to remainestaré aquí 5 días: I'll be here for 5 days5) : to be ready, to be doneestará para las diez: it will be ready by ten o'clock6) : to agree¿estamos?: are we in agreement?estoy contigo: I'm with you7)¿cómo estás? : how are you?8)¡está bien! : all right!, that's fine!9)estar a : to costestar a : to be¿a qué dia estamos?: what's today's date?estar con : to haveestá con fiebre: she has a feverestar de : to beestoy de vacaciones: I'm on vacationestá de director hoy: he's acting as director todayestar bien (mal) : to be well (sick)estar para : to be in the mood forestar por : to be in favor ofestar por : to be about toestá por cerrar: it's on the verge of closingestar de más : to be unnecessaryestar que : to be (in a state or condition)está que echa chispas: he's hopping mad* * *estar vb1. (en general) to be¿estás cansada? are you tired?2. (uso auxiliar) to be3. (en casa, en el trabajo) to be in / to be there / to be here¿está Pepe? is Pepe in? / is Pepe there?¿está tu madre en casa? is your mother in?4. (listo, preparado) to be ready5. (aspecto) to look¡qué guapo estás! you look very smart!estar a... to be...¿a cuánto están los tomates? how much are the tomatoes?estar de... to be... -
6 would
[wud]short forms - I'd; verb1) (past tense of will: He said he would be leaving at nine o'clock the next morning; I asked if he'd come and mend my television set; I asked him to do it, but he wouldn't; I thought you would have finished by now.)2) (used in speaking of something that will, may or might happen (eg if a certain condition is met): If I asked her to the party, would she come?; I would have come to the party if you'd asked me; I'd be happy to help you.)3) (used to express a preference, opinion etc politely: I would do it this way; It'd be a shame to lose the opportunity; I'd prefer to go tomorrow rather than today.)4) (used, said with emphasis, to express annoyance: I've lost my car-keys - that would happen!) det ertypisk!•- would-be- would you* * *[wud]short forms - I'd; verb1) (past tense of will: He said he would be leaving at nine o'clock the next morning; I asked if he'd come and mend my television set; I asked him to do it, but he wouldn't; I thought you would have finished by now.)2) (used in speaking of something that will, may or might happen (eg if a certain condition is met): If I asked her to the party, would she come?; I would have come to the party if you'd asked me; I'd be happy to help you.)3) (used to express a preference, opinion etc politely: I would do it this way; It'd be a shame to lose the opportunity; I'd prefer to go tomorrow rather than today.)4) (used, said with emphasis, to express annoyance: I've lost my car-keys - that would happen!) det ertypisk!•- would-be- would you -
7 μέν
μέν, Particle, used partly to express certainty on the part of the speaker or writer; partly, and more commonly, to point out that the word or clause with which it stands is correlative to another word or clause that is to follow, the latter word or clause being introduced by δέ.AI μέν used absolutely to express certainty, not followed by correlative δέ, indeed, of a truth, synonymous with μήν, as appears from the [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. form ἦ μέν in protestations and oaths (where [dialect] Att. used ἦ μήν), καί μοι ὄμοσσον, ἦ μ. μοι πρόφρων ἔπεσιν καὶ χερσὶν ἀρήξειν Il.1.77
, cf. 14.275;ἦ μέν τοι τάδε πάντα τελείεται Od.14.160
, cf. Il.24.416;τοῦτον ἐξορκοῖ, ἦ μέν οἱ διηκονήσειν Hdt.4.154
, cf. 5.93, etc.: with neg.,οὐ μὲν γάρ τι κακὸν βασιλευέμεν Od.1.392
, etc.;ὤμοσα, μὴ μὲν.. ἀναφῆναι 4.254
, cf. Hdt.2.118, 179;ἔξαρνος ἦν, μὴ μὲν ἀποκτεῖναι Id.3.67
, cf. 99: without neg., : also in Trag., , cf. 159 (anap.), OC44, E.Med. 676, 1129, etc.;καὶ μέν Il.1.269
, 9.632, etc.; οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδὲ .. 2.703, 12.212; γε μέν, cf. γε 1.5.2 an answering clause with δέ is sts. implied, τὴν μὲν ἐγὼ σπουδῇ δάμνημ' ἐπέεσσι her can I hardly subdue, [ but all others easily], Il.5.893; ὡς μὲν λέγουσι as indeed they say, [ but as I believe not], E.Or. 8; καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἦν αὐτῷ πόλεμος (with no ἔπειτα δέ to follow), X. An.1.9.14; so νῦν μέν σ' ἀφήσω I will let you go this time, Herod.5.81: to give force to assertions made by a person respecting himself, wherein opposition to other persons is implied,ὡς μὲν ἐμῷ θυμῷ δοκεῖ Od. 13.154
; δοκεῖν μέν μοι ἥξει τήμερον [τὸ πλοῖον] Pl.Cri. 43d: hence with the pers. Pron.,ἐγὼ μέν νυν θεοῖσι ἔχω χάριν Hdt.1.71
; ἐγὼ μὲν οὐδέν (sc. θέλω) S.Ant. 498;ἐμοῦ μὲν οὐχ ἑκόντος Id.Aj. 455
;ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ οἶδα X.Cyr.1.4.12
, cf. 4.2.45, etc.: with the demonstr. Pron., : generally, to emphasize the preceding word, πολλὴ μὲν ἡ μεταβολή μοι γέγονεν great indeed has been the change, Is.1.1, cf. Simon.5.1, etc.3 μέν is used alone in questions, when the answer is assumed, I take it, θέμις μὲν ἡμᾶς χρησμὸν εἰδέναι θεοῦ; E.Med. 676, cf. Ion 520 (troch.), Hipp. 316, S.Ant. 634, Ar.Av. 1214; Ἕλλην μέν ἐστι καὶ Ἑλληνίζει; Pl.Men. 82b.II μέν folld. by δέ in the correlative clause or clauses, on the one hand, on the other hand; commonly in Classical Gr., less freq. in later Gr. (rare in NT):1 μέν.., δέ .. (or when the correlative clause is neg., μέν.., οὐδέ .., Il.1.318, 536), to mark opposition, Hom., etc.—The opposed clauses commonly stand together, but are freq. separated by clauses, parenthetic or explanatory; e.g. μέν in Il.2.494 is answered by δέ in 511, 527 sq.; in X.An.1.9.2, πρῶτον μέν is answered by ἐπεὶ δέ in <*> 6; in Id.Mem.1.1.2, πρῶτον μέν is answered by θαυμαστὸν δέ in 1.2.1.2 to connect a series of clauses containing different matter, though with no opposition, Il.1.18sq., 306 sq. (five δέ-clauses), 433 sq. (eight δέ-clauses), cf. X.An. 1.3.14,7.10sq.: freq. when the members of a group or class are distinctly specified, παῖδες δύο, πρεσβύτερος μὲν Ἀρταξέρξης, νεώτερος δὲ Κῦρος ib.1.1.1; τάφρος.., τὸ μὲν εὖρος ὀργυιαὶ πέντε, τὸ δὲ βάθος ὀργυιαὶ τρεῖς ib.1.7.14; πρῶτος μέν.., δεύτερος δέ.., τρίτος δέ .. ib.5.6.9; τότε μέν.., τότε δέ .., at one time.., at another.., ib.6.1.9, etc.: esp. with the Art. used as a Pron., ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. ; τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ .., etc.3 the principal word is freq. repeated,οἳ περὶ μὲν βουλὴν Δαναῶν, περὶ δ' ἐστὲ μάχεσθαι Il.1.258
, cf. 288, Od.15.70;ἔνι μὲν φιλότης, ἐν δ' ἵμερος, ἐν δ' ὀαριστύς Il.14.216
;Ξέρξης μὲν ἄγαγεν.., Ξέρξης δ' ἀπώλεσεν A.Pers. 550
, cf. 560, 694, 700 (all lyr.);χαλεπαίνει μὲν πρῳρεύς, χαλεπαίνει δὲ κυβερνήτης X.An.5.8.20
.4 one of the correlative clauses is sts. independent, while the other takes the part. or some other dependent form, ἐβλασφήμει κατ' ἐμοῦ.., μάρτυρα μὲν.. οὐδένα παρασχόμενος.., παρεκελεύετο δέ .. D.57.11;οἱ ἀμφὶ βασιλέα, πεζοὶ μὲν οὐκέτι, τῶν δὲ ἱππέων ὁ λόφος ἐνεπλήσθη X.An.1.10.12
, cf. 2.1.7, 5.6.29; , cf. OC 522 (bothlyr.);χωρὶς μὲν τοῦ ἐστερῆσθαι.., ἔτι δὲ καὶ.. δόξω ἀμελῆσαι Pl.Cri.44
b.5 μέν and δέ freq. oppose two clauses, whereof one is subordinate to the other in meaning or emphasis, ἀλλ' ἐκεῖνο θαυμάζω, εἰ Λακεδαιμονίοις μέν ποτε.. ἀντήρατε,.. νυνὶ δὲ ὀκνεῖτ' ἐξιέναι (for εἰ.. ἀντάραντες νυνὶ ὀκνεῖτε) D.2.24, cf. E.IT 116, Lys.34.11, X.Mem.2.7.11, etc.: so in an anacoluthon, τρία μὲν ὄντα.. ναυτικά.., τούτων δ' εἰ περιόψεσθε τὰ δύο, κτλ., Th.1.36.6 μέν is not always answered by δέ, but freq. by other equiv. Particles, as ἀλλά, Il.1.22 sq., 2.703 sq., Pi.O.9.1, A.Pers. 176, X.An.1.7.17:—by μέντοι, Hdt.1.36, S.Ph. 350, D.21.189, etc.:—by ἀτάρ, Il.6.84, 124, A.Pr. 342, S.OT 1051sq., Pl. Tht. 172c, etc. (so μέν.., αὐτάρ in [dialect] Ep., Il.1.50, Od.19.513, etc.):— by αὖ, Il.11.108, Od.4.210:—by αὖθις, S.Ant. 165:—by αὖτε, Il.1.234, Od.22.5:—by temporal Particles, πρῶτα μέν.., εἶτα .. S.El. 261; πρῶτον μέν.., μετὰ τοῦτο .. X.An.6.1.5-7; μάλιστα μὲν δὴ.., ἔπειτα μέντοι .. S.Ph. 350, cf. OT 647:—rarely by μήν with neg.,οὐδὲν μὴν κωλύει Pl.Phdr. 268e
;οὐ μὴν αὐταί γε Id.Phlb. 12d
.b when the opposition is emphatic, δέ is sts. strengthd., as ὅμως δέ .. S.OT 785, Ph. 473, 1074, etc. (so ); δ' αὖ .. Il.4.415, X.An.1.10.5; δ' ἔμπης .. Il.1.561-2.c μέν is sts. answered by a copul. Particle, κάρτιστοι μὲν ἔσαν καὶ καρτίστοις ἐμάχοντο ib. 267, cf. 459, Od. 22.475, S.Aj.1, Tr. 689, E.Med. 125 (anap.), etc.: rarely in Prose,τρία μὲν ἔτη ἀντεῖχον.., καὶ οὐ πρότερον ἐνέδοσαν Th.2.65
(dub.).B μέν before other Particles:I where each Particle retains its force,2μὲν γάρ S.OT62
, Th.1.142, etc.:— in Hom. there is freq. no second clause, Od.1.173, 392, cf. S.OT 1062, etc.;μὲν γὰρ δή Il.11.825
;μὲν γάρ τε 17.727
.3 μέν γε, when a general statement is explained in detail,Κορινθίοις μέν γε ἔνσπονδοί ἐστε Th.1.40
, cf. 70, 6.86, Hdt.6.46, Antipho 5.14, Lys. 13.27, Is.4.8, Ar.Nu. 1382, V. 564, E.Fr.909.4.4μὲν δή Il.1.514
, Hdt.1.32, etc.: freq. used to express positive certainty,ἀλλ' οἶσθα μὲν δή S. Tr. 627
, cf. OT 294;τὰ μὲν δὴ τόξ' ἔχεις Id.Ph. 1308
; esp. as a conclusion,τοῦτο μὲν δὴ.. ὁμολογεῖται Pl.Grg. 470b
, cf. X.Cyr.1.1.6, etc.: in closing a statement,τοιαῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα A.Pr. 500
, etc.: used in answers to convey full assent, ἦ μὲν δή (cf. supr. A) Il.9.348, Od.4.33;καὶ μὲν δή.. γε Pl.R. 409b
; οὐ μὲν δή, to deny positively, Il.8.238, X.Cyr.1.6.9, Pl.Tht. 148e, etc.;οὐ μὲν δή.. γε X.An.2.2.3
, 3.2.14; ἀλλ' οὔ τι μὲν δή .. Pl.Tht. 187a.5 μὲν οὖν, v. infr.11.2.II where the Particles combine so as to form a new sense,1 μέν γε at all events, at any rate (not in Trag.),τοῦτο μέν γ' ἤδη σαφές Ar.Ach. 154
, cf. Nu. 1172, Lys. 1165, Ra.80, Th.3.39;μέν γέ που Pl.R. 559b
, Tht. 147a.2 μὲν οὖν is freq. used with a corresponding δέ, so that each Particle retains its force, Od.4.780, Pi.O.1.111, S.OT 244, 843; Ph. 359, D.2.5, etc.: but freq. also abs., so then, S.Ant.65;ταῦτα μὲν οὖν παραλείψω D.2.3
; esp. in replies, sts. in strong affirmation,παντάπασι μὲν οὖν Pl.Tht. 158d
; κομιδῇ μὲν οὖν ib. 159e; πάνυ μὲν οὖν ib. 159b; ἀνάγκη μὲν οὖν ib. 189e; also to substitute a new statement so as to correct a preceding statement, nay rather, κακοδαίμων; Answ. βαρυδαίμων μὲν οὖν! Ar.Ec. 1102; μου πρὸς τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀποψῶ wipe your nose on my head: Answ. ἐμοῦ μὲν οὖν .. nay on mine, Id.Eq. 911, cf. A.Pers. 1032 (lyr.), Ag. 1090 (lyr.), 1396, S.Aj. 1363, El. 1503, OT 705, Ar.Ra. 241, Pl.Cri. 44b, Grg. 466a, 470b, Prt. 309d, etc.; alsoμὲν οὖν δή S.Tr. 153
;καὶ δὴ μὲν οὖν Id.OC31
; cf. οὐμενοῦν: in NT μενοῦν and μενοῦνγε, to begin a sentence, yea rather, Ev.Luc.11.28, Ep.Rom.9.20, etc., cf. Phryn.322, Hsch.—In [dialect] Ion., μέν νυν is used for μὲν οὖν, Hdt.1.18, 4.145, etc.3 by μέν τε, if δέ τε follows, the two clauses are more closely combined than by τε.., τε .., Il.5.139, al.; μέν τε is freq. answered by δέ alone, 16.28, al.; by ἀλλά, αὐτάρ, 17.727, Od.1.215, al.; perh. by ἠδέ, Il.4.341:— Hom. also uses μέν τε abs., when τε loses its force, as after ἦ, τίς, etc., Il.2.145, al.4 μέν τοι in Hom. always occurs in speeches, where τοι can be regarded as the dat. of the Pron.: later, μέντοι is written as a single word, and is used:a with a conj. force, yet, nevertheless, A.Pr. 320, 1054 (anap.), S.Tr. 413, etc.; and sts. stands for δέ, answering to μέν, v. supr. A.11.6 a.b as an Adv., in strong protestations, οὐ μέντοι μὰ Δία .. D.4.49; in eager or positive assent, of course, φαμέν τι εἶναι .. ; Answ.φαμὲν μέντοι νὴ Δία Pl.Phd. 65d
, al.: with a neg. to give emphasis to a question, οὐ σὺ μέντοι .. ; why, are you not.. ? Id.Prt. 309a, cf. Phdr. 229b, R. 339b, etc.: sts. to express impatience, ὄμνυμι γάρ σοι—τίνα μέντοι, τίνα θεῶν; Id.Phdr. 236d; τί μ. πρῶτον ἦν, τί πρῶτον ἦν; nay what was the first? Ar.Nu. 787;οὗτος, σὲ λέγω μ. Id.Ra. 171
; σὺ μέντοι .. Luc.Alex.44: with imper., to enforce the command, τουτὶ μ. σὺ φυλάττου only take heed.., Ar. Pax 1100, cf.Av. 661, X.An.1.4.8: in answers, γελοῖον μέντἂν εἴη nay it would be absurd, Pl.Tht. 158e; summing up a long temporal clause, And.1.130.cμέντοι γε X.Cyr.5.5.24
, etc.;οὐ μ. γε Diog.Apoll.5
: in later Gr. μέντοιγε stands first in the sentence,μ. οὐ θέλω PLond.3.897.13
(i A.D.); also , S.OT 778, 1292, E.Hec. 600;ὅμως γε μ. Ar.Ra.61
.d καὶ μ. καί is used to add a point to be noted, Heraclit.28, Pl.R. 331d; also καί.. μ., νῦν σοι καιρός ἐστιν ἐπιδείξασθαι τὴν παιδείαν, καὶ φυλάξασθαι μέντοι .. and of course to take care.., X.An.4.6.15 (v.l.), cf. 1.8.20, Pl.Prt. 339c, Tht. 143a.e ἀλλὰ μέντοι well, if it comes to that, X.An.4.6.16; well, of course, Pl.R. 331e, etc.; cf. μέντον.D Position of μέν. Like δέ, it usu. stands as the second word in a sentence. But when a sentence begins with words common to its subordinate clauses, μέν stands second in the first of these clauses, asἥδε γὰρ γυνὴ δούλη μέν, εἴρηκεν δ' ἐλεύθερον λόγον S.Tr.63
; οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι ἐτάξαντο μέν.., ἡσύχαζον δέ .. Th.4.73, cf. 113, etc. It also attaches itself to words which mark opposition, as πρῶτον μέν, τότε μέν, ἐγὼ μέν, even when these do not stand first: sts. however it precedes them,ὡς μὲν ἐγὼ οἶμαι Pl.Phdr. 228b
;ὡς μέν τινες ἔφασαν X.Cyr.5.2.28
. It generally stands between the Art. and Noun, or the Prep. and its Case: but if special stress is laid on the Noun, this is sts. neglected, asοἱ Τεγεᾶται μὲν ἐπηυλίσαντο, Μαντινῆς δὲ ἀπεχώρησαν Th.4.134
; ἀνὰ τὸ σκοτεινὸν μέν .. Id.3.22; alsoτῇ σῇ μὲν εὐδαιμονίῃ, τῇ ἐμεωυτοῦ δὲ κακοδαιμονίῃ Hdt. 1.87
.II μέν is freq. repeated:1 when, besides the opposition of two main clauses, a subordinate opposition is introduced into the first, ὁ μὲν ἀνὴρ τοιαῦτα μὲν πεποίηκε τοιαῦτα δὲ λέγει, ὑμῶν δέ .. X.An.1.6.9, cf. 5.8.24, Th.8.104, D.18.214, 23.208.2 in apodosi with the demonstr. Pron. or Adv., τὸν μὲν καλέουσι θέρος, τοῦτον μὲν προσκυνέουσι, τὸν δὲ χειμῶνα .. Hdt.2.121; ὅσοι μὲν δὴ νομοῦ τοῦ Θηβαίου εἰσί, οὗτοι μέν [νυν].. αἶγας θύουσι· ὅσοι δὲ.. νομοῦ τοῦ Μενδησίου εἰσί, οὗτοι δὲ.. ὄϊς θύουσι ib.42, cf.3.108, al.; ὅτε μέν με οἱ ἄρχοντες ἔταττον.., τότε μὲν ἔμενον.., τοῦ δὲ θεοῦ τάττοντος,.. ἐνταῦθα δέ .. Pl.Ap. 28e, cf. Grg. 512a.3 μέν used absolutely is freq. folld. by a correlativeμέν, εἰ μὲν οὖν ἡμεῖς μὲν.. ποιοῦμεν Id.R. 421a
.III μέν is sts. omitted (esp. in Poetry) where it is implied in the followingδέ, φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων Il.22.157
;ἐλευθεροῦτε πατρίδ', ἐλευθεροῦτε δὲ παῖδας A. Pers. 403
;σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf. Ar.Nu. 396, Pl.Sph. 221e, Arist.Po. 1447b14, etc. -
8 put
putpresent participle - putting; verb1) (to place in a certain position or situation: He put the plate in the cupboard; Did you put any sugar in my coffee?; He put his arm round her; I'm putting a new lock on the door; You're putting too much strain on that rope; When did the Russians first put a man into space?; You've put me in a bad temper; Can you put (=translate) this sentence into French?) poner, colocar2) (to submit or present (a proposal, question etc): I put several questions to him; She put her ideas before the committee.) presentar3) (to express in words: He put his refusal very politely; Children sometimes have such a funny way of putting things!) expresar4) (to write down: I'm trying to write a letter to her, but I don't know what to put.) poner; escribir5) (to sail in a particular direction: We put out to sea; The ship put into harbour for repairs.) echar al mar•- put-on- a put-up job
- put about
- put across/over
- put aside
- put away
- put back
- put by
- put down
- put down for
- put one's feet up
- put forth
- put in
- put in for
- put off
- put on
- put out
- put through
- put together
- put up
- put up to
- put up with
put vb1. poner / colocar2. metertr[pʊt]■ where did you put the matches? ¿dónde has puesto las cerillas?2 (write, mark) poner, apuntar, escribir■ what did you put for number six? ¿qué pusiste en el número seis?3 (cause to be) poner■ what's put you in such a bad mood ¿qué te ha puesto de tan mal humor?4 (rate, classify) poner5 (express) expresar, decir■ how shall I put it? ¿cómo te lo diría?6 (calculate, estimate) calcular7 SMALLSPORT/SMALL (shot) lanzar\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLto be hard put to do something serle difícil a uno hacer algoto not know where to put oneself no saber dónde ponerse, no saber dónde esconderseto put an end to something acabar con algo, poner fin a algoto put in a good word for somebody recomendar a alguiento not put it past somebody (to do something) creer a alguien muy capaz (de hacer algo)to put one over on somebody engañar a alguiento put paid to something estropear algoto put something right arreglar algoto put somebody on the train, plane, etc acompañar a alguien al tren, al avión, etcto put somebody to bed acostar a alguiento put somebody to death ejecutar a alguiento put somebody up to something incitar a alguien a hacer algoto put something out to contract subcontratar algoto put something to good use hacer buen uso de algoto put the blame on somebody echar la culpa a alguiento put two and two together atar cabosto put something up for sale poner algo en ventato stay put quedarse quieto,-a1) place: poner, colocarput it on the table: ponlo en la mesa2) insert: meterit put her in a good mood: la puso de buen humorto put into effect: poner en práctica4) impose: imponerthey put a tax on it: lo gravaron con un impuesto5) subject: someter, ponerto put to the test: poner a pruebato put to death: ejecutar6) express: expresar, decirhe put it simply: lo dijo sencillamente7) apply: aplicarto put one's mind to something: proponerse hacer algo8) set: ponerI put him to work: lo puse a trabajar9) attach: darto put a high value on: dar gran valor a10) present: presentar, exponerto put a question to someone: hacer una pregunta a alguienput vi1)to put to sea : hacerse a la mar2)to put up with : aguantar, soportaradj.• puesto, -a adj.pret., p.p.(Preterito definido y participio pasivo de "to put")• colocar v.v.(§ p.,p.p.: put) = lanzar v.• meter v.• poner v.(§pres: pongo, pones...) pret: pus-pp: puestofut/c: pondr-•)• situar v.pʊt
1.
2)a) ( place) poner*; (with care, precision etc) colocar*, poner*; ( inside something) meter, poner*to put something in the oven — poner* or meter algo en el horno
did you put salt in it? — ¿le pusiste or le echaste sal?
I put myself on the list — me apunté or me puse en la lista
not to know where to put oneself o (AmE also) one's face (colloq) — no saber* dónde ponerse or meterse
to put something behind one — olvidar or superar algo
b) (install, fit) poner*3)a) ( thrust)she put her head around the door/out of the window — asomó la cabeza por la puerta/por la ventana
b) (send, propel)c) ( Sport)to put the shot — lanzar* el peso
4)a) ( rank) poner*she puts herself first — se pone ella primero or en primer lugar
to put something above/before something: I put honesty above all other virtues para mí la honestidad está por encima de todas las demás virtudes or por encima de todo; he puts his art before everything else — antepone su arte a todo
b) (in competition, league)this victory puts them in o into the lead — con esta victoria pasan a ocupar la delantera
c) ( estimate)to put something at something: I'd put the figure at closer to $40,000 — yo diría que la cifra es más cercana a los 40.000 dólares
5) ( cause to be) poner*to put something to good use — \<\<time/ability/object\>\> hacer* buen uso de algo
6) (make undergo, cause to do)to put somebody to something: I don't want to put you to any trouble no quiero causarle ninguna molestia; I put her to work — la puse a trabajar; death, shame I 1), test I 1) b) etc
7)a) (attribute, assign)to put something on something: I couldn't put a price on it no sabría decir cuánto vale; I put a high value on our friendship — valoro mucho nuestra amistad
b) ( impose)to put something on something/somebody: they put a special duty on these goods gravaron estos artículos con un impuesto especial; to put the blame on somebody echarle la culpa a algn, culpar a algn; it put a great strain on their relationship — eso sometió su relación a una gran tensión
8)a) (instill, infect)to put something in(to) something: who put that idea into your head? — ¿quién te metió esa idea en la cabeza?
b) ( cause to have)to put something in(to) something: the fresh air put some color into his cheeks — el aire fresco les dio un poco de color a sus mejillas
9)a) ( invest)to put something into something — \<\<money\>\> invertir* algo en algo
b) (bet, stake)to put something on something — \<\<money\>\> apostar* or jugarse* algo a algo
c) ( contribute)to put something toward something — contribuir* con algo a algo, poner* algo para algo
10) (fix, repose)to put something in something/somebody: I put my trust in you puse or (liter) deposité mi confianza en ti; I don't put much faith in conventional medicine — no le tengo mucha fe a la medicina convencional
11) ( present) \<\<views/case\>\> exponer*, presentar; \<\<proposal\>\> presentarto put something to somebody: to put a question to somebody hacerle* una pregunta a algn; the employers' offer will be put to a mass meeting la oferta de la patronal será sometida a votación en una asamblea; I put it to you that... — (frml) mi opinión es que...
12) (write, indicate, mark) poner*what shall I put? — ¿qué pongo?
13) ( express) decir*(let me) put it this way: I wouldn't invite him again — te digo lo siguiente: no lo volvería a invitar
to put something well/badly — expresar algo bien/mal
2.
to put to sea — hacerse* a la mar, zarpar
Phrasal Verbs:- put away- put back- put by- put down- put in- put off- put on- put out- put over- put past- put up[pʊt] (pt, pp put)1. TRANSITIVE VERBFor set combinations consisting of put + noun, eg put a price on, put a strain on, put an end to, put at risk, put out of business, put in touch with look up the noun. For put + adverb/preposition combinations, see also phrasal verbs.1) (=place, thrust)a) (physically) poner; (with precision) colocar; (=insert) meter, introducir more frm; (=leave) dejar•
I put a serviette by each plate — puse or coloqué una servilleta junto a cada plato•
put it in the drawer — ponlo en el cajónshe put the chairs in a circle — puso or colocó las sillas en círculo
shall I put milk in your coffee? — ¿te pongo leche en el café?
he put a coin in the slot — puso or metió or more frm introdujo una moneda en la ranura
you should put your money in a bank — deberías poner or more frm depositar el dinero en un banco
•
I put a sheet of paper into the typewriter — puse or coloqué una hoja de papel en la máquina de escribir•
he put his keys on the table — puso or dejó las llaves en la mesaI put some more coal on the fire — puse or eché más carbón en el fuego
she put her head on my shoulder — apoyó or recostó la cabeza en mi hombro
•
she put her head out of the window — asomó la cabeza por la ventana•
he put his hand over his mouth — se tapó la boca con la mano, se puso la mano en la boca•
he put his head round the door — asomó la cabeza por la puerta•
I put my fist through the window — rompí la ventana con el puñobed 1., 1), flight II, stay I, 1., 1), a) Some put + noun combinations require a more specific Spanish verb. For very set combinations look up the noun.•
he put the shell to his ear — se puso or se acercó la concha al oído•
the syllabus puts a lot of emphasis on languages — el programa (de estudios) hace or pone mucho énfasis en los idiomas•
I wouldn't put any faith in what he says — yo no creería lo que dice, yo no tendría ninguna confianza en lo que dice•
you can put that idea out of your head — ya te puedes quitar esa idea de la cabezablame 1., figure 1., 6), trust 1., 1), tax 1., 1)•
this puts the responsibility on drivers to be aware of the law — esto responsabiliza a los conductores de estar enterados de la ley2) (=cause to be) poner•
to put sb in a good/bad mood — poner a algn de buen/mal humorthis puts me in a very awkward position — esto me pone or deja en una situación muy difícil
his win today puts him in second place overall — la victoria de hoy le pone or coloca en segunda posición en la clasificación general
•
to put sb on a diet — poner a algn a dieta or a régimen3) (=cause to undertake)•
she put him to work immediately — lo puso a trabajar en seguida4) (=express) decirI don't quite know how to put this — la verdad, no sé cómo decir esto
•
as Shakespeare puts it — como dice Shakespeare•
to put it bluntly — para decirlo claramente, hablando en plata *•
I find it hard to put into words — me resulta difícil expresarlo con palabras•
how shall I put it? — ¿cómo lo diría?let me put it this way... — digámoslo de esta manera..., por decirlo de alguna manera...
to put it another way, it'll save you three hours — por decirlo de otra manera, te ahorrará tres horas
5) (=write) poner, escribirwhat do you want me to put? — ¿qué quieres que ponga or escriba?
put your name at the top of the paper — ponga or escriba su nombre en la parte superior del papel
put the title in capital letters — pon or escribe el título en letras mayúsculas
•
I've put you on the waiting list — le he puesto en la lista de esperaput it on my account — (Comm) cárguelo a mi cuenta
•
he put a line through the offending paragraph — tachó el párrafo controvertido•
to put one's signature to sth — firmar algo6) (=invest) invertir•
to put money into a company — invertir dinero en una compañíaI've put a lot of time and effort into this — he invertido un montón de tiempo y esfuerzo en esto, le he dedicado a esto mucho tiempo y esfuerzo
"I'm not getting much out of this course" - "well, you're not putting much into it, are you?" — -no estoy sacando mucho de este curso -tampoco es que te estés esforzando mucho, ¿no?
7) (=contribute)•
to put sth towards sth — contribuir (con) algo hacia algoI'll pay for the bike but you'll have to put something towards it — yo pagaré la bici pero tú tienes que contribuir con algo
I'm going to put the money towards a holiday — voy a poner or guardar el dinero para unas vacaciones
8) (=expound, submit) [+ views] expresar, exponerthis will give people an opportunity to put their views — esto dará a la gente la oportunidad de expresar or exponer sus puntos de vista
he puts the case for a change in the law — plantea or expone argumentos a favor de un cambio en la ley
she puts a convincing case — presenta or da argumentos convincentes
•
the proposal was put before Parliament — la propuesta se presentó ante el parlamento•
to put sth to sb, how will you put it to him? — ¿cómo se lo vas a decir or comunicar?I put it to you that... — les sugiero que...
the chairman put the proposal to the committee — el presidente sometió la propuesta a votación en el comité
9) (=estimate)•
they put the loss at around £50,000 — calcularon or valoraron las pérdidas en unas 50.000 librashis fortune is put at 3 billion — se calcula or valora su fortuna en 3 billones
the number of dead was put at 6,000 — se calculó or estimó el número de muertos en 6.000
•
some put the figure as high as 20,000 — algunos estiman que la cifra llega hasta 20.00010) (=rank)•
he put himself above the law — creía estar por encima de la ley•
I wouldn't put him among the greatest poets — yo no le pondría entre los más grandes poetas•
we should never put money before happiness — no deberíamos nunca anteponer el dinero a la felicidadI put the needs of my children before anything else — para mí las necesidades de mis hijos van por delante de todo lo demás or son más importantes que todo lo demás
11) (=set)•
she put my brother against me — puso a mi hermano en contra mía•
to put a watch to the right time — poner un reloj en hora12) (=throw)•
to put the shot — (Sport) lanzar el peso13) (St Ex) (=offer to sell) [+ stock, security] declararse vendedor de14) (=bet)see put on2.INTRANSITIVE VERB(Naut)•
to put into port — entrar a puertothe ship put into Southampton — el barco entró a or en Southampton
•
to put to sea — hacerse a la mar3.COMPOUNDput option N — (St Ex) opción f de venta a precio fijado
- put away- put back- put by- put down- put in- put off- put on- put onto- put out- put over- put up- put upon* * *[pʊt]
1.
2)a) ( place) poner*; (with care, precision etc) colocar*, poner*; ( inside something) meter, poner*to put something in the oven — poner* or meter algo en el horno
did you put salt in it? — ¿le pusiste or le echaste sal?
I put myself on the list — me apunté or me puse en la lista
not to know where to put oneself o (AmE also) one's face (colloq) — no saber* dónde ponerse or meterse
to put something behind one — olvidar or superar algo
b) (install, fit) poner*3)a) ( thrust)she put her head around the door/out of the window — asomó la cabeza por la puerta/por la ventana
b) (send, propel)c) ( Sport)to put the shot — lanzar* el peso
4)a) ( rank) poner*she puts herself first — se pone ella primero or en primer lugar
to put something above/before something: I put honesty above all other virtues para mí la honestidad está por encima de todas las demás virtudes or por encima de todo; he puts his art before everything else — antepone su arte a todo
b) (in competition, league)this victory puts them in o into the lead — con esta victoria pasan a ocupar la delantera
c) ( estimate)to put something at something: I'd put the figure at closer to $40,000 — yo diría que la cifra es más cercana a los 40.000 dólares
5) ( cause to be) poner*to put something to good use — \<\<time/ability/object\>\> hacer* buen uso de algo
6) (make undergo, cause to do)to put somebody to something: I don't want to put you to any trouble no quiero causarle ninguna molestia; I put her to work — la puse a trabajar; death, shame I 1), test I 1) b) etc
7)a) (attribute, assign)to put something on something: I couldn't put a price on it no sabría decir cuánto vale; I put a high value on our friendship — valoro mucho nuestra amistad
b) ( impose)to put something on something/somebody: they put a special duty on these goods gravaron estos artículos con un impuesto especial; to put the blame on somebody echarle la culpa a algn, culpar a algn; it put a great strain on their relationship — eso sometió su relación a una gran tensión
8)a) (instill, infect)to put something in(to) something: who put that idea into your head? — ¿quién te metió esa idea en la cabeza?
b) ( cause to have)to put something in(to) something: the fresh air put some color into his cheeks — el aire fresco les dio un poco de color a sus mejillas
9)a) ( invest)to put something into something — \<\<money\>\> invertir* algo en algo
b) (bet, stake)to put something on something — \<\<money\>\> apostar* or jugarse* algo a algo
c) ( contribute)to put something toward something — contribuir* con algo a algo, poner* algo para algo
10) (fix, repose)to put something in something/somebody: I put my trust in you puse or (liter) deposité mi confianza en ti; I don't put much faith in conventional medicine — no le tengo mucha fe a la medicina convencional
11) ( present) \<\<views/case\>\> exponer*, presentar; \<\<proposal\>\> presentarto put something to somebody: to put a question to somebody hacerle* una pregunta a algn; the employers' offer will be put to a mass meeting la oferta de la patronal será sometida a votación en una asamblea; I put it to you that... — (frml) mi opinión es que...
12) (write, indicate, mark) poner*what shall I put? — ¿qué pongo?
13) ( express) decir*(let me) put it this way: I wouldn't invite him again — te digo lo siguiente: no lo volvería a invitar
to put something well/badly — expresar algo bien/mal
2.
to put to sea — hacerse* a la mar, zarpar
Phrasal Verbs:- put away- put back- put by- put down- put in- put off- put on- put out- put over- put past- put up -
9 καί
καί, Conj., copulative, joining words and sentences,A and; also Adv., even, also, just, freq. expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ ([etym.] μή ) or οὐδέ ([etym.] μηδέ).A copulative, and,I joining words or sentences to those preceding,ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ' ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων Il.1.528
, etc.: repeated with two or more Nouns,αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι X.Cyr.1.4.7
; joining only the last pair, Cleom.2.1 (p.168.5 Z.), Phlp.in APr.239.30, etc., v. l. in Arist.Po. 1451a20; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, X.Cyr.7.5.39; to add epithets afterπολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά Il.9.330
;πολλὰ κ. μεγάλα D.28.1
, etc.2 to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to.., h.Ap. 17, cf. A.Ag. 63 (anap.), S.Tr. 1277 (anap.) (sts. in reverse order,πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον Il.5.398
); to add by way of climax, θεῶν.. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all.., A.Pers. 750, etc.;ἐχθροὶ κ. ἔχθιστοι Th.7.68
;τινὲς κ. συχνοί Pl.Grg. 455c
; freq. ἄλλοι τε καί.., ἄλλως τε καί.. , v. ἄλλος 11.6,ἄλλως 1.3
; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, Id.Ap. 23a: joined with the demonstr. Pron. οὗτος (q. v.),εἶναι.. δούλοισι, κ. τούτοισι ὡς δρηπέτῃσι Hdt.6.11
, cf. 1.147; κ. ταῦτα and this too..,γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ' οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι X.Cyr.2.2.16
, etc.II at the beginning of a sentence,1 in appeals or requests,καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα Il.23.75
; καί μοι λέγε.., καί μοι ἀπόκριναι.. , Pl.Euthphr.3a, Grg. 462b; freq. in Oratt., καί μοι λέγε.. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι.. , D.18.105, Lys.14.8, etc.2 in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ' ἐξίκοιτ' ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχος; A.Ag. 280; κ. πῶς.. ; pray how..? E. Ph. 1348; κ. δὴ τί.. ; but then what..? Id.Hel. 101; κ. ποῖον.. ; S.Aj. 462; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτας; Ar.Ach.86; κἄπειτ' ἔκανες; E.Med. 1398 (anap.); κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατο; Antipho 5.57, cf. Is.1.20, Isoc.12.23, Pl. Tht. 163d,al.4 at the beginning of a speech, Lys.Fr. 36a.III after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, Hdt.7.50, cf. 84; ἴσον or ἴσα κ... , S.OT 611, E.El. 994; ἐν ἴσῳ (sc. ἐστὶ)κ. εἰ.. Th.2.60
, etc.2 after words implying comparison or opposition,αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν Id.7.28
;πᾶν τοὐναντίον ἔχει νῦν τε κ. ὅτε.. Pl.Lg. 967a
.3 to express simultaneity,ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον.., κἀγὼ κατηγόμην S.Ph. 355
, cf. Th.1.50; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [ τὸ ὕδωρ] Hdt.4.181, cf. 3.108; [ οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι]οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν Isoc.8.98
.IV joining an affirm. clause with a neg., , etc.V καί.., καί.. correlative, not only.., but also.., κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, Pl.Grg. 523a, Phlb. 60b;κ. κατὰ γῆν κ. κατὰ θάλατταν X.An.1.1.7
.VI by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ' Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ... , Il.22.247; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε.. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, X.Cyr.1.3.1;ἄλλας τε κατηγεόμενοί σφι ὁδούς, κ. τέλος ἐγίνοντο Hdt.9.104
;τοιοῦτος ὤν, κᾆτ' ἀνὴρ ἔδοξεν εἶναι Ar.Eq. 392
, cf. Nu. 624.B even, also, just,1 τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, Il.11.654, cf. 4.161, etc.; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, 23.551, cf. 10.556, 5.362: with numerals, κ. πέντε full five, 23.833;γενομένης κ. δὶς ἐκκλησίας Th.1.44
, cf. Hdt.2.44,60, 68, al. (but ἐτῶν δύο κ. τριῶν two or three, Th.1.82, cf. X.Eq.4.4).2 also, κ. ἐγώ I also, Il.4.40; κ. αὐτοί they also, X.An.3.4.44, etc.; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, ib. 2.6.30; in adding surnames, etc.,Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος Ctes.Fr.29.49
(sed Photii est): Ptol. Papyri have nom. ὃς κ., gen. τοῦ κ. etc.,Πανίσκος ὃς κ. Πετεμῖνις PLond.2.219
(b) 2 (ii B.C.); dat. τῷ κ. ib.(a) v2, PRein.26.5 (ii B. C.); nom. ὁ κ. first in PTeb.110.1 (i B. C.), freq. later, BGU22.25 (ii A. D.), etc.;Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος J.AJ12.6.4
;Σαῦλος ὁ κ. Παῦλος Act.Ap.13.9
: withἄλλος, λαβέτω δὲ κ. ἄλλος Od.21.152
; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, X.Mem.3.6.2, An.1.3.15, cf. Pl. Phd. 59a, Ar.Nu. 356: freq. in antithetic phrases, οὐ μόνον.., ἀλλὰ καὶ.. , not only.., but also.., v. μόνος; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον.. ἢ οὐ καὶ.. Hdt.5.94, al.b freq. used both in the anteced. and relat. clause, where we put also in the anteced. only,εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ Pl.Grg. 458a
, cf. Il.6.476, X.An.2.1.21.3 freq. in apodosi, after temporal Conjs.,ἀλλ' ὅτε δή ῥα.., κ. τότε δή.. Il.1.494
, cf. 8.69, Od. 14.112; also after εἰ, Il.5.897: in Prose,ὡς δὲ ἔδοξεν, κ. ἐχώρουν Th.2.93
: as a Hebraism,κ. ἐγένετο.. κ... LXX Ge.24.30
, al., Ev.Luc.1.59, etc.4 with Advs., to give emphasis,κ. κάρτα Hdt.6.125
; κ. λίην full surely, Il.19.408, Od.1.46;κ. μᾶλλον Il.8.470
, cf. E.Heracl. 386; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, S.OC 1252, Pl. Chrm. 154e; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, Ar.Nu. 1326, Pl.La. 191e.5 with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just,ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι Od.1.58
; οἷςἡδὺ κ. λέγειν Ar.Nu. 528
; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψεται; who will so much as look at you? E.IA 1192, cf. Ar.Ra. 614, Pl.Ap. 28b, 35b.6 just, τοῦτ' αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, E.Andr. 906, cf. Ba. 616, S.Tr. 490, Ar. Pax 892, Ra.73, Pl.Grg. 456a, Tht. 166d: freq. with a relat.,τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα Il.3.176
;διὸ δὴ καὶ.. Th.1.128
, etc.: also in interrogations (usu. to be rendered by emphasis in intonation), ποίου Χρόνου δὲ καὶ πεπόρθηται πόλις; and how long ago was the city sacked? A.Ag. 278; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτει; where is he burying her? E.Alc. 834, cf. S.Aj. 1290, al., X.An.5.8.2, Ar. Pax 1289, Pl. Euthphr.6b, D.4.46, etc.7 even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, Il.5.685, cf. 17.647, 21.274, Od.7.224.8 κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opp. εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled, cf. Il.4.347, 5.351, Od.13.292, 16.98 with Il.5.410, Od.6.312, 8.139, etc.; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, Pl.Phd. 108d, cf. Lg. 663d. (This remark does not apply to cases where εἰ and καί each exert their force separtely, asεἴ περ ἀδειής τ' ἐστί, καὶ εἰ..
and if..Il.
7.117, cf. Hdt.5.78, etc.)9 before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ.. , or εἰ καί.. , although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, Il.9.655; τί σὺ ταῦτα, κ. ἐσθλὸς ἐών, ἀγορεύεις; (for εἰ κ. ἐσθλὸς εἶ) 16.627, cf. 13.787, Od.2.343, etc.;κ. τύραννος ὢν ὅμως S.OC 851
.C Position: καί and, is by Poets sts. put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, forκαὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν A.Pr.51
, cf. Euph.51.7, etc.D crasis: with [pron. full] ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc.; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc., [dialect] Dor. κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc.; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc.; with [pron. full] ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρή; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc.; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc.; with ω in the pron. ᾧ, Χᾦ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶν; with αυ, as καὐτός; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς) , κᾆτα; with εὐ-, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλής; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ EM816.34
); with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like . -
10 ἄν
ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,Aεἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2
, 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.I WITH INDICATIVE:1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh. . 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said,εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755
, cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c;εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3
.b the protasis is freq. understood: ὑπό κεν ταλασίφρονά περ δέος εἷλεν fear would have seized even the stout-hearted (had he heard the sound), Il.4.421; τὸ γὰρ ἔρυμα τῷ στρατοπέδῳ οὐκ ἂν ἐτειχίσαντο they would not have built the wall (if they had not won a battle), Th.1.11; πολλοῦ γὰρ ἂν ἦν ἄξια for (if that were so) they would be worth much, Pl.R. 374d; οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὅ τι ἂν ἐποιεῖτε for there was nothing which you could have done, i. e. would have done (if you had tried), D.18.43.c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.2 with [tense] fut. ind.:a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176;ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80
; so in Lyr.,μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68
, cf. I.6(5).59.b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers,σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140
;οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d
, cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313;οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36
(corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future, , al.III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition:ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
;οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b
:—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e;ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116
, cf. D.1.26, al.c with protasis understood:φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269
; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447; , cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time, .d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.e in questions, expressing a wish:τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100
, cf.A.Ag. 1448;πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389
: hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty, ; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis: , cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag.,θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186
;τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605
.h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part.,τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b
) representing ind. or opt.:1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.b representing [tense] pres. opt., πόλλ' ἂν ἔχων (representing ἔχοιμ' ἄν)ἕτερ' εἰπεῖν παραλείπω D. 18.258
, cf. X.An.2.3.18: with Art., .2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional, (codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk.,νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8
, cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ᾱ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, onceεἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288
, twiceεἴπερ ἄν 5.224
, 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε (ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412
), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep.,σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32
;ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359
;ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824
;ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e
; (where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc.ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156
( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc.εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597
),εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353
; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as inὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81
.2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15;ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6
:—similarly after a preceding opt.,οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d
.III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.:αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213
:—so with relat.,οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175
.2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom.,εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526
; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, asὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56
;ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136
(iv A. D.);ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19
; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119;εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295
; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71;διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b
: inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.D GENERAL REMARKS:I POSITION OF ἄν.1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; asεἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281
-4; rarely by τις, asὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14
:—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, asεἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355
, cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose,ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45
;ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420
: alsoὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e
, cf. 850a; .2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25;οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2
; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48;οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b
;οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12
.4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause,ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax
<*>37.II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words,ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333
, cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15; , cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ᾖ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι), εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935
:—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν)εἰ.. Isoc.10.48
:—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others:πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049
: even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.------------------------------------ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl.,ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b
; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50;ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4
: not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.------------------------------------ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.------------------------------------ -
11 görmek
",-ür 1. /ı/ to see. 2. /ı/ to see, watch. 3. /ı/ to see, perceive, discern (mentally). 4. /ı/ to see, meet and talk to/with. 5. /ı/ to see (something) as, view (something) as, find, consider (something) to be, judge (something) to be. 6. /ı/ to experience, live through. 7. /ı/ to perform, do, attend to (a duty, task, etc.); to pay (an expense). 8. /dan, ı/ to receive, experience (a certain kind of treatment) from/at the hands of. 9. /ı/ to take (a course, lessons, etc.); to receive, get (an education); to have (an upbringing). 10. /ı/ to get, acquire: cebi para görmek to come into money. 11. /ı/ to receive (help). 12. /ı/ to be preoccupied with, think (only) of: Gözü paradan başka bir şey görmüyor. He thinks of nothing but money. 13. /ı/ to undergo: tedavi görmek to undergo treatment. 14. /ı/ to face (in the direction of): Bu oda güneş görüyor. This room faces the sun. 15. /ı/ to go and see, visit. 16. /ı/ to perceive (by the sense of touch). 17. /ı/ to be the stage for, be the scene of, be the setting for, see. 18. /ı/ to regard as, consider, deem. 19. /ı/ colloq. to share (good fortune) with, think of: Piyango sana vurursa beni de gör. If you win the lottery, think of me. 20. /ı/ sports to anticipate (the move of an opponent). 21. /ı/ slang to bribe. 22. used in combination to express a threat: Hele bir öğretmene söyle, o zaman görürsün! Just try telling the teacher, you´ll get what´s coming to you then! Şimdi bunu paramparça edeyim de gör! You´ll believe me if I smash this to bits right now! Bizi gammazla da gör bak! See what happens if you squeal on us! 23. used in combination to give emphasis to a prediction: Göreceksin, Beşir sınıfta kalacak. Beşir´s going to fail; just you wait and see. Gör bak, neler olacak neler! All sorts of things are going to happen now; just you wait and see! 24. used after an -e gerund to show continuous action: Raşit mektubu yazagörürken kapı çalındı. While Raşit was busy writing the letter there was a knock at the door. 25. used after a negative -e gerund for emphasis: O dağlarda ölmeyegör! Cesedin akbabalara yem olur. Mind you don´t die in those mountains! If you do, your corpse´ll be food for the vultures. Sizi yakalamaya görsün, polise haber verir. Make sure you don´t let him catch you, for he´ll turn you over to the police. Onlara nerede oturduğunu söylemeyegörmeli. You should be careful not to tell them where you live. Tek bir hata etmeyegörelim, kapı dışarı edildiğimizin resmidir! Let´s not make one single mistake, or we´ll get the boot for sure! görerek atış mil. direct fire. görmeyerek/görmeden atış mil. indirect fire. göreceği/göresi gelmek /ı/ to long to see: Seni göreceğimiz geldi. We´ve been longing to see you. Göreyim seni/sizi! 1. Show your stuff!/Show me what you can do! (used singly or in combination as a word of encouragement). 2. used in combination to express a threat: O sayfayı yırt da göreyim seni! Just try ripping that page! görmediğe/görmemişe dönmek to be completely recovered (from an illness, tragedy, etc.). Görüp göreceği rahmet bu. colloq. This is all he will ever get. -meye görsün/gör as soon as (one) (does something, becomes something, etc.), once (something) (is done, happens, etc.). görüp gözetmek /ı/ to protect, guard, keep an eye on. görerek nişan alma mil. direct laying. görmeyerek/görmeden nişan alma mil. indirect laying." -
12 would
* * *[wud]short forms - I'd; verb1) (past tense of will: He said he would be leaving at nine o'clock the next morning; I asked if he'd come and mend my television set; I asked him to do it, but he wouldn't; I thought you would have finished by now.) Imperfekt von `will`2) (used in speaking of something that will, may or might happen (eg if a certain condition is met): If I asked her to the party, would she come?; I would have come to the party if you'd asked me; I'd be happy to help you.) konditional: würde/n/st3) (used to express a preference, opinion etc politely: I would do it this way; It'd be a shame to lose the opportunity; I'd prefer to go tomorrow rather than today.) höflicher Ausdruck einer Vorliebe, Meinung, etc.4) (used, said with emphasis, to express annoyance: I've lost my car-keys - that would happen!) Ausdruck des Ärgers•- would-be- would you* * *[wʊd]1. (in indirect speech)he said he \would see his brother tomorrow er sagte, er würde seinen Bruder morgen sehenthey promised that they \would help sie versprachen zu helfenwhat \would you do if...? was würdest du tun, wenn...?I \wouldn't worry about it ich würde mir darüber keine Sorgen machen3. (to express inclination)I'd go myself, but I'm too busy ich würde [ja] selbst gehen, aber ich bin zu beschäftigtI \would hate to miss the show die Show möchte ich wirklich nicht verpassensb \would rather/sooner do sth jd würde lieber etw tun\wouldn't you rather finish it tomorrow? willst du es nicht lieber morgen fertig machen?sb \would rather die than do sth jd würde lieber sterben, als etw tun4. (polite request)if you \would just wait a moment... wenn Sie einen kleinen Moment warten,...\would you mind sharing a room? würde es Ihnen etwas ausmachen, ein Zimmer mit jemandem zu teilen?\would you like some cake? hättest du gern ein Stück Kuchen?it \would have been very boring... es wäre sehr langweilig gewesen...I \would imagine that... ich könnte mir vorstellen, dass...I \wouldn't have thought that... ich hätte nicht gedacht, dass...6. (express regularity) immer [wieder]the bus \would be late when I'm in a hurry der Bus kommt immer zu spät, wenn ich es eilig habehe \would say that, wouldn't he? er sagt das immer, nicht wahr?ah, \would that I were younger! ach, wäre ich doch jünger!* * *[wʊd] pret of will Imodal aux vb1)if you asked him he would do it — wenn du ihn fragtest, würde er es tunif you had asked him he would have done it — wenn du ihn gefragt hättest, hätte er es getan
I thought you would want to know — ich dachte, du wüsstest es gerne or du würdest es gerne wissen
if I were you, I would... — wenn ich du wäre, würde ich...
you would think... — man sollte meinen...
you would never know he was fifty — die Fünfzig sieht man ihm wirklich nicht an
2)I said I would, so I will — ich habe gesagt, ich würde es tun und ich werde es auch tun
3) (emph)you would be the one to get hit — typisch, dass ausgerechnet du getroffen worden bist
you would be the one to forget — typisch, dass du das vergessen hast, das sieht dir ähnlich, dass du es vergessen hast
he would have to come right now — ausgerechnet jetzt muss er kommen
you would think of that/say that, wouldn't you! — von dir kann man ja nichts anderes erwarten
4)I warned him, but he would do it — ich habe ihn gewarnt, aber er musste es ja unbedingt or um jeden Preis tunhe wouldn't listen/behave — er wollte partout nicht zuhören/sich partout nicht benehmen
he wouldn't be told — er wollte sich (dat) einfach nichts sagen lassen
5)it would seem so — es sieht wohl so ausit would have been about 8 o'clock — es war( wohl) so ungefähr 8 Uhr
you wouldn't have a cigarette, would you? — Sie hätten nicht zufällig eine Zigarette?
6) (= wish) möchtentry as he would —
the place where I would be (old, liter) would (that) it were not so! (old, liter) — der Ort, an dem ich sein möchte wenn das doch nur nicht wahr wäre!
would to God he would come —
would to God he hadn't come — ich wünsche zu Gott, er wäre nicht gekommen
7)would he come? — würde er vielleicht kommen?8)(habit)
he would paint it each year — er strich es jedes Jahr, er pflegte es jedes Jahr zu streichen (geh)50 years ago the streets would be empty on a Sunday — vor 50 Jahren waren sonntags die Straßen immer leer
* * *would [wʊd]1. prät von will1 A:a) wollte(st), wollten, wolltet:he would not go er wollte (durchaus) nicht gehenhe would take a short walk every day er pflegte täglich einen kurzen Spaziergang zu machen;now and then a bird would call ab und zu ertönte ein Vogelruf;you would do that! du musstest das natürlich tun!, das sieht dir ähnlich!, du wolltest das ja unbedingt tun!would you pass me the salt, please? würden Sie mir bitte das Salz reichend) vermutend:that would be three dollars das macht (dann) drei Dollar;it would seem that … es scheint fast, dass …he would have come if er wäre gekommen, wenn;how would you know? woher wollen Sie das wissen?;you wouldn’t understand das verstehst du nicht;who would do such a thing? wer macht denn so etwas?would (to) God wolle Gott, Gott gebe;I would have you know ich muss Ihnen (schon) sagen4. obs pperf von will1will [wıl] inf und imp fehlen, 1. und 3. sg präs will, 2. sg präs (you) will, obs (thou) wilt [wılt], pl will, prät would [wʊd], 2. sg prät obs (thou) wouldst [wʊdst], pperf obs wold [wəʊld], wouldA v/aux1. ( zur Bezeichnung des Futurs, Br 1. sg und pl meist umg, und als Ausdruck eines Versprechens oder Entschlusses) werden:they will see very soon sie werden bald sehen2. wollen, werden, willens sein zu:will you pass me the bread, please? würden Sie mir bitte das Brot reichen;won’t you sit down nehmen Sie doch bitte Platz;I will not go there again ich gehe da nicht mehr hin;I will not stand such nonsense! ich dulde solchen Unfug nicht!;will do! umg wird gemacht!people will talk die Leute reden immer;accidents will happen Unfälle wird es immer geben;4. (zur Bezeichnung einer Erwartung, Vermutung oder Annahme) werden:you will not have forgotten her du wirst sie nicht vergessen haben;they will have gone now sie werden oder dürften jetzt (wohl) gegangen sein;this will be about right das wird oder dürfte ungefähr stimmen5. (in Vorschriften etc) besonders MIL müssenB v/i & v/t wollen, wünschen:come when you will komm, wann du willst!;* * ** * *aux.würde aux. -
13 put
1. transitive verb,-tt-, put1) (place) tun; (vertically) stellen; (horizontally) legen; (through or into narrow opening) steckenput plates on the table — Teller auf den Tisch stellen
don't put your elbows on the table — lass deine Ellbogen vom Tisch
put a stamp on the letter — eine Briefmarke auf den Brief kleben
put salt on one's food — Salz auf sein Essen tun od. streuen
put the letter in an envelope/the letter box — den Brief in einen Umschlag/in den Briefkasten stecken
put something in one's pocket — etwas in die Tasche stecken
put sugar in one's tea — sich (Dat.) Zucker in den Tee tun
put petrol in the tank — Benzin in den Tank tun od. füllen
put the car in[to] the garage — das Auto in die Garage stellen
put the cork in the bottle — die Flasche mit dem Korken verschließen
put the ball into the net/over the bar — den Ball ins Netz befördern od. setzen/über die Latte befördern
put one's arm round somebody's waist — den Arm um jemandes Taille legen
put a bandage round one's wrist — sich (Dat.) einen Verband ums Handgelenk legen
put one's hands over one's eyes — sich (Dat.) die Hände auf die Augen legen
put one's finger to one's lips — den od. seinen Finger auf die Lippen legen
put the jacket on its hanger — die Jacke auf den Bügel tun od. hängen
where shall I put it? — wohin soll ich es tun (ugs.) /stellen/legen usw.?; wo soll ich es hintun (ugs.) /-stellen/-legen usw.?
we put our guest in Peter's room — wir haben unseren Gast in Peters Zimmer (Dat.) untergebracht
put the baby in the pram — das Baby in den Kinderwagen legen od. (ugs.) stecken
not know where to put oneself — (fig.) sehr verlegen sein/werden
put it there! — (coll.) lass mich deine Hand schütteln!
2) (cause to enter) stoßen3) (bring into specified state) setzenput through Parliament — im Parlament durchbringen [Gesetzentwurf usw.]
be put in a difficult etc. position — in eine schwierige usw. Lage geraten
be put into power — an die Macht kommen
put something above or before something — (fig.) einer Sache (Dat.) den Vorrang vor etwas (Dat.) geben
be put out of order — kaputtgehen (ugs.)
put somebody on to something — (fig.) jemanden auf etwas (Akk.) hinweisen od. aufmerksam machen
put somebody on to a job — (assign) jemandem eine Arbeit zuweisen
4) (impose)put a limit/an interpretation on something — etwas begrenzen od. beschränken/interpretieren
5) (submit) unterbreiten (to Dat.) [Vorschlag, Plan usw.]put something to the vote — über etwas (Akk.) abstimmen lassen
be put out of the game by an injury — wegen einer Verletzung nicht mehr spielen können
7) (express) ausdrückenlet's put it like this:... — sagen wir so:...
that's one way of putting it — (also iron.) so kann man es [natürlich] auch ausdrücken
8) (render)put something into English — etwas ins Englische übertragen od. übersetzen
9) (write) schreibenput something on the list — (fig.) sich (Dat.) etwas [fest] vornehmen; etwas vormerken
10) (imagine)put oneself in somebody's place or situation — sich in jemandes Lage versetzen
11) (invest)put money etc. into something — Geld usw. in etwas (Akk.) stecken
put work/time/effort into something — Arbeit/Zeit/Energie in etwas (Akk.) stecken
12) (stake) setzen (on auf + Akk.)put money on a horse/on something happening — auf ein Pferd setzen/darauf wetten, dass etwas passiert
13) (estimate)put somebody/something at — jemanden/etwas schätzen auf (+ Akk.)
14) (subject)put somebody to — jemandem [Unkosten, Mühe, Umstände] verursachen od. machen
15) (Athletics): (throw) stoßen [Kugel]2. intransitive verb,-tt-, put (Naut.)put [out] to sea — in See stechen
put into port — [in den Hafen] einlaufen
Phrasal Verbs:- academic.ru/59262/put_about">put about- put away- put back- put by- put down- put in- put off- put on- put out- put over- put up- put upon* * *[put]present participle - putting; verb1) (to place in a certain position or situation: He put the plate in the cupboard; Did you put any sugar in my coffee?; He put his arm round her; I'm putting a new lock on the door; You're putting too much strain on that rope; When did the Russians first put a man into space?; You've put me in a bad temper; Can you put (=translate) this sentence into French?)2) (to submit or present (a proposal, question etc): I put several questions to him; She put her ideas before the committee.) formulieren3) (to express in words: He put his refusal very politely; Children sometimes have such a funny way of putting things!) ausdrücken4) (to write down: I'm trying to write a letter to her, but I don't know what to put.) schreiben5) (to sail in a particular direction: We put out to sea; The ship put into harbour for repairs.) fahren•- put-on- a put-up job
- put about
- put across/over
- put aside
- put away
- put back
- put by
- put down
- put down for
- put one's feet up
- put forth
- put in
- put in for
- put off
- put on
- put out
- put through
- put together
- put up
- put up to
- put up with* * *<-tt-, put, put>[pʊt]1. (place)▪ to \put sth somewhere etw irgendwohin stellen [o setzen]; (lay down) etw irgendwohin legen; (push in) etw irgendwohin steckenthey \put a horseshoe above [or over] their door sie brachten ein Hufeisen über ihrer Tür anhe was \put up against the wall man stellte ihn an die Wandhe looked at the pile of work his boss had \put before him er sah sich den Haufen Arbeit an, den seine Chefin ihm hingelegt hatteyou've got to \put the past behind you du musst die Vergangenheit vergangen seinlassen [o begraben]\put your clothes in the closet häng deine Kleider in den Schrankhe \put his hands in his pockets er steckte die Hände in die Taschenshe \put some milk in her coffee sie gab etwas Milch in ihren Kaffeeto \put the ball in the net (tennis) den Ball ins Netz schlagen; (football) den Ball ins Netz spielenthis \puts me in a very difficult position das bringt mich in eine schwierige SituationI \put my complete confidence in him ich setze mein volles Vertrauen auf ihn [o in ihn]\put the cake into the oven schieb den Kuchen in den Backofenthey \put the plug into the socket sie steckten den Stecker in die Steckdosehe \put salt into the sugar bowl by mistake er hat aus Versehen Salz in die Zuckerdose gefülltthey \put him into a cell sie brachten ihn in eine Zelleto \put sth into storage etw einlagernto \put a child into care ein Kind in Pflege gebento \put sb into a home jdn in ein Heim steckento \put sb in[to] prison jdn ins Gefängnis bringento \put fear into sb's heart jdn ängstigen, jdm Angst machento \put an idea in[to] sb's head jdn auf eine Idee bringenwhatever \put that idea into your head? wie kommst du denn darauf?to \put one's ideas into practice seine Ideen in die Praxis umsetzenSam will eat anything you \put in front of him Sam isst alles, was man ihm vorsetzt\put the soup spoons next to the knives leg die Suppenlöffel neben die Messerwe should \put my mum next to Mrs Larson wir sollten meine Mutter neben Frau Larson setzenshe \put her coffee cup on the table sie stellte ihre Kaffeetasse auf den Tischdo you know how to \put a saddle on a horse? weißt du, wie man ein Pferd sattelt?I \put clean sheets on the bed ich habe das Bett frisch bezogenhe \put his head on my shoulder er legte seinen Kopf auf meine Schulteryou can't \put a value on friendship Freundschaft lässt sich nicht mit Geld bezahlena price of £10,000 was \put on the car das Auto wurde mit 10.000 Pfund veranschlagtshe \put her arm round him sie legte ihren Arm um ihnhe \put his head round the door er steckte den Kopf zur Tür hereinhe \put his finger to his lips to call for silence er hielt seinen Finger vor die Lippen und bat um Ruheto \put a glass to one's lips ein Glas zum Mund führenshe \put the shell to her ear sie hielt sich die Muschel ans Ohrto \put sb to bed jdn ins Bett bringenhe was \put under the care of his aunt er wurde in die Obhut seiner Tante gegebenI didn't know where to \put myself ich wusste nicht wohin mit mirto \put sb/sth in jeopardy jdn/etw in Gefahr bringento \put sb in a rage jdn wütend machenthis \puts me in a very difficult position das bringt mich in eine sehr schwierige Situationhe was able to \put them in a good mood er konnte sie aufheiternto stay \put person sich nicht von der Stelle rühren; object liegen/stehen/hängen bleiben; hair haltento \put the shot SPORT Kugel stoßen2. (invest)to \put effort/energy/money/time into sth Mühe/Energie/Geld/Zeit in etw akk stecken [o investieren]we \put most of the profits towards research wir verwenden den Großteil der Gewinne für die Forschungeveryone could \put £3 towards a new coffee machine jeder könnte 3 Pfund zum Kauf einer neuen Kaffeemaschine dazugebento \put money into an account Geld auf ein Konto einzahlenshe \put money on a horse sie setzte auf ein Pferdwe \put back all our profits into the company all unsere Gewinne fließen in die Firma zurück3. (impose)to \put the blame on sb jdm die Schuld gebento \put demands upon sb von jdm etwas verlangento \put an embargo on trade ein Handelsembargo verhängento \put sb under oath jdn vereidigento \put a premium on sth etw hoch einschätzento \put pressure on sb jdn unter Druck setzento \put sb under pressure [or strain] jdn unter Druck setzento \put a restriction [or limitation] on sth etw einschränkenthe children were \put on their best behaviour den Kindern wurde gesagt, dass sie sich ja gut zu benehmen habento \put a tax on sth etw besteuern [o mit einer Steuer belegen]to \put sb/sth to the test jdn/etw auf die Probe stellen; (put a strain on) jdn/etw strapazierento \put sb on trial jdn vor Gericht bringento \put sb to a lot of trouble jdm viel Mühe bereiten [o machen4. (present)to \put sth to a discussion etw zur Diskussion stellento \put an idea [or a suggestion] to sb jdm etw vorschlagento \put one's point of view seinen Standpunkt darlegento \put a problem to sb jdm ein Problem darlegento \put a proposal before a committee einem Ausschuss einen Vorschlag unterbreitento \put a question to sb jdm eine Frage stellento \put sth to a vote etw zur Abstimmung bringen5. (include)\put some more salt in füge noch etwas Salz hinzu6. (indicating change of condition)she always \puts her guests at ease right away sie schafft es immer, dass ihre Gäste sich sofort wohl fühlento \put sb at risk [or in danger] jdn in Gefahr bringento \put sb in a good/bad mood jds Laune heben/verderbento \put one's affairs in order seine Angelegenheiten in Ordnung bringento \put a plan into operation einen Plan in die Tat umsetzento \put sb/an animal out of his/its misery jdn/ein Tier von seinen Qualen erlösento \put sb to death jdn hinrichtento \put sb to flight jdn in die Flucht schlagento \put sb to shame jdn beschämento \put sb under arrest jdn unter Arrest stellento \put sb under hypnosis jdn hypnotisierento \put sth right etw in Ordnung bringento \put sb straight jdn korrigierento \put sb out of the competition jdn aus dem Rennen werfen7. (express)▪ to \put sth etw ausdrückenlet me \put it this way lass es mich so sagenhow should I \put it? wie soll ich mich ausdrücken?to \put it bluntly um es deutlich zu sagento \put it mildly, we were shocked at your behaviour wir waren, gelinde gesagt, geschockt über dein Verhaltenthat's \putting it mildly das ist ja noch milde ausgedrücktas Shakespeare \put it wie Shakespeare schon sagteshe didn't know how to \put her thoughts into words sie wusste nicht, wie sie ihre Gedanken in Worte fassen sollte\putting Shakespeare into modern English is difficult Shakespeare in zeitgenössisches Englisch zu übertragen ist schwierigshe really \puts passion into her performance sie steckt viel Leidenschaftlichkeit in ihren Vortragto \put one's feelings into words seine Gefühle ausdrückento \put a verb into the past tense ein Verb in die Vergangenheit setzen8. (write)to \put a cross/tick next to sth etw ankreuzen/abhakento \put one's signature to sth seine Unterschrift unter etw setzenplease \put your signature here bitte unterschreiben Sie hier9. (estimate, value)I wouldn't \put him among the best film directors ich würde ihn nicht zu den besten Regisseuren zählenshe \puts her job above everything else für sie geht ihr Beruf allem anderen vor, sie stellt ihren Beruf vor allem anderenI'd \put him at about 50 ich schätze ihn auf ungefähr 50I would \put her in her 50s ich würde sie so in den Fünfzigern schätzento \put sb/sth in a category jdn/etw in eine Kategorie einordnenit can't be \put in the same category as a Rolls Royce man kann es nicht auf eine Stufe mit einem Rolls Royce stellento \put sb/sth on a level [or par] with sb/sth jdn/etw auf eine Stufe mit jdm/etw stellento \put a value of £10,000 on sth den Wert einer S. gen auf 10.000 Pfund schätzen10. (direct)▪ to \put sb onto sth/sb jdn auf etw/jdn aufmerksam machenthe phone book \put me onto the dentist durch das Telefonbuch kam ich auf den Zahnarztthey \put three people on the job sie setzen drei Leute ein für diesen Job11. (see someone off)he \put his girlfriend on the plane er brachte seine Freundin zum Flugzeugto \put sb onto the bus jdn zum Bus bringento \put sb in a taxi jdn in ein Taxi setzen12. (install)to \put heating/a kitchen into a house eine Heizung/Küche in einem Haus installierenwe \put a new hard drive on our computer wir haben eine neue Festplatte in unseren Computer eingebaut▪ to \put sb on sth jdm etw verschreibenthe doctor has \put her on a strict diet der Arzt hat ihr eine strenge Diät verordnetNAUT anlegen, vor Anker gehento \put into the dock am Dock anlegen, vor Anker gehento \put into Hamburg/harbour in Hamburg/in den Hafen einlaufento \put to sea in See stechenIII. NOUNSTOCKEX Verkaufsoption f* * *put [pʊt]A sC v/t prät und pperf put1. legen, stellen, setzen, tun:put it on the table leg es auf den Tisch;I shall put the matter before him ich werde ihm die Sache vorlegen;put the matter in(to) his hands leg die Angelegenheit in seine Hände;I put him above his brother ich stelle ihn über seinen Bruder;put sb on a job jemanden an eine Arbeit setzen, jemanden mit einer Arbeit betrauen;put eleven men behind the ball FUSSB die ganze Mannschaft defensiv spielen lassen;his time put him in 3rd place SPORT seine Zeit brachte ihn auf den 3. Platz; → a. die Verbindungen mit den entsprechenden Substantiven2. stecken (in one’s pocket in die Tasche):put a lot of work into viel Arbeit stecken in (akk)3. jemanden ins Bett, in eine unangenehme Lage etc, etwas auf den Markt, in Ordnung etc bringen:he put her across the river er brachte oder beförderte sie über den Fluss;put the cow to the bull die Kuh zum Stier bringen;put into shape in (die richtige) Form bringen;4. etwas in Kraft, in Umlauf, in Gang etc, jemanden in Besitz, ins Unrecht, über ein Land etc setzen:put o.s. in a good light sich ins rechte Licht setzen;put the case that … gesetzt den Fall, dass …; → action 1, 2, end Bes Redew, foot A 1, place A 3, trust A 15. put o.s. sich in jemandes Hände etc begeben:put o.s. under sb’s care sich in jemandes Obhut begeben;put yourself in(to) my hands vertraue dich mir ganz an6. unterwerfen, aussetzen ( beide:to dat):I have put you through a lot ich habe dir viel zugemutet; → death 1, expense Bes Redew, inconvenience A 2, question A 6, shame A 2, sword, test1 A 27. put out of aus … hinausstellen, verdrängen oder werfen aus, außer Betrieb od Gefecht etc setzen: → action 13, running A 28. Land bepflanzen (into, under mit) the fields were put under potatoes auf den Feldern wurden Kartoffeln gepflanztput sb to work jemanden an die Arbeit setzen, jemanden arbeiten lassen;put to school zur Schule schicken;put to trade jemanden ein Handwerk lernen lassen;put sb to a joiner jemanden bei einem Schreiner in die Lehre geben;put sb to it jemandem zusetzen, jemanden bedrängen;be hard put to it arg bedrängt werden, in große Bedrängnis kommen;they were hard put to it to find a house sie taten sich schwer, ein Haus zu finden;put sb through a book jemanden zum Durchlesen oder -arbeiten eines Buches zwingen;10. veranlassen, verlocken ( beide:on, to zu)11. in Furcht, Wut etc versetzen:put sb in fear of their life jemandem eine Todesangst einjagen; → countenance A 2, ease A 2, guard C 4, mettle 2, temper A 412. übersetzen, -tragen ( beide:into French ins Französische)I cannot put it into words ich kann es nicht in Worte fassen;put one’s feelings into words seine Gefühle aussprechen;how shall I put it? wie soll ich mich oder es ausdrücken?;14. schätzen (at auf akk):I put his income at £100,000 a year15. (to) verwenden (für), anwenden (zu):put sth to a good use etwas gut verwenden16. eine Entscheidung etc gründen (on auf akk)17. eine Frage, einen Antrag etc stellen, vorlegen:a) ich appelliere an Sie, ich wende mich an Sie,b) ich stelle es Ihnen anheim;on auf akk)put a tax on sth etwas besteuernon dat)22. die Uhr stellen23. (in, into) hinzufügen (dat), (hinein)tun, geben (in akk):put sugar in one’s coffee Zucker in seinen Kaffee tun25. schleudern, werfenin, into in akk)D v/ifor nach):put to land an Land gehen;2. SCHIFF segeln, steuern, fahreninto in akk)b) jemanden ausnutzen, -nützen,c) jemanden betrügen* * *1. transitive verb,-tt-, put1) (place) tun; (vertically) stellen; (horizontally) legen; (through or into narrow opening) steckenput salt on one's food — Salz auf sein Essen tun od. streuen
put the letter in an envelope/the letter box — den Brief in einen Umschlag/in den Briefkasten stecken
put sugar in one's tea — sich (Dat.) Zucker in den Tee tun
put petrol in the tank — Benzin in den Tank tun od. füllen
put the car in[to] the garage — das Auto in die Garage stellen
put the ball into the net/over the bar — den Ball ins Netz befördern od. setzen/über die Latte befördern
put a bandage round one's wrist — sich (Dat.) einen Verband ums Handgelenk legen
put one's hands over one's eyes — sich (Dat.) die Hände auf die Augen legen
put one's finger to one's lips — den od. seinen Finger auf die Lippen legen
put the jacket on its hanger — die Jacke auf den Bügel tun od. hängen
where shall I put it? — wohin soll ich es tun (ugs.) /stellen/legen usw.?; wo soll ich es hintun (ugs.) /-stellen/-legen usw.?
we put our guest in Peter's room — wir haben unseren Gast in Peters Zimmer (Dat.) untergebracht
put the baby in the pram — das Baby in den Kinderwagen legen od. (ugs.) stecken
not know where to put oneself — (fig.) sehr verlegen sein/werden
put it there! — (coll.) lass mich deine Hand schütteln!
2) (cause to enter) stoßen3) (bring into specified state) setzenput through Parliament — im Parlament durchbringen [Gesetzentwurf usw.]
be put in a difficult etc. position — in eine schwierige usw. Lage geraten
put something above or before something — (fig.) einer Sache (Dat.) den Vorrang vor etwas (Dat.) geben
be put out of order — kaputtgehen (ugs.)
put somebody on to something — (fig.) jemanden auf etwas (Akk.) hinweisen od. aufmerksam machen
put somebody on to a job — (assign) jemandem eine Arbeit zuweisen
4) (impose)put a limit/an interpretation on something — etwas begrenzen od. beschränken/interpretieren
5) (submit) unterbreiten (to Dat.) [Vorschlag, Plan usw.]put something to the vote — über etwas (Akk.) abstimmen lassen
7) (express) ausdrückenlet's put it like this:... — sagen wir so:...
that's one way of putting it — (also iron.) so kann man es [natürlich] auch ausdrücken
8) (render)put something into English — etwas ins Englische übertragen od. übersetzen
9) (write) schreibenput something on the list — (fig.) sich (Dat.) etwas [fest] vornehmen; etwas vormerken
10) (imagine)put oneself in somebody's place or situation — sich in jemandes Lage versetzen
11) (invest)put money etc. into something — Geld usw. in etwas (Akk.) stecken
put work/time/effort into something — Arbeit/Zeit/Energie in etwas (Akk.) stecken
12) (stake) setzen (on auf + Akk.)put money on a horse/on something happening — auf ein Pferd setzen/darauf wetten, dass etwas passiert
13) (estimate)put somebody/something at — jemanden/etwas schätzen auf (+ Akk.)
14) (subject)put somebody to — jemandem [Unkosten, Mühe, Umstände] verursachen od. machen
15) (Athletics): (throw) stoßen [Kugel]2. intransitive verb,-tt-, put (Naut.)put [out] to sea — in See stechen
put into port — [in den Hafen] einlaufen
Phrasal Verbs:- put away- put back- put by- put down- put in- put off- put on- put out- put over- put up- put upon* * *(clamp) the lid on something (US) expr.gegen etwas scharf vorgehen ausdr.sperren v. (take) into care expr.in Pflege geben (nehmen) ausdr. v.(§ p.,p.p.: put)= ausgeben v.legen v.setzen v.stellen v. -
14 ὁ
ὁ, [full] ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,A demonstr. Pronoun.B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dualτοῖιν Od.18.34
, al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ;οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404
(anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ;τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11
;τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18
;τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e
;τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e
;τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75
(τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484,ταῖν Lys.19.17
, Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem., (Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With ὁ, ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun,αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105
;τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186
, cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it,ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12
, al.III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ;θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43
, cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, the former,Pl.
Prt. 359e, Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts,ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595
;τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d
, etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition,ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28
, cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ;πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c
; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg.,ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6
: sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν orὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317
-19, cf. 116 ;τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102
, cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. ;τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b
;οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a
, etc.3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite,ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41
;νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c
, cf. Phlb. 13c.4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a correspondingὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3
, cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. byἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304
; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ;τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843
, etc. ;ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205
(v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ;σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf.μέν D.
III ;γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d
, cf. Tht. 181d.6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause,τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491
;τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3
, cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose,ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87
;ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6
: this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.8 the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν andδέ, οὔθ' ὁ.. οὔθ' ὁ Il.15.417
;ἢ τοῖσιν ἢ τοῖς A.Supp. 439
;οὔτε τοῖς οὔτε τοῖς Pl.Lg. 701e
.VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v.ὅς A.
II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc.,καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a
, cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt.,καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61
, al.2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such,τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b
: but mostly in acc.,καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23
, cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ;τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141
, cf. 9.68 ;τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243
; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, , cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.;τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53
; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.VIII abs. usages of single cases,1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose,τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12
.b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ;τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46
; :—only poet.c of Manner, in this way, thus,Od.
8.510.d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: withoutμέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48
.e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose,τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d
, Sph. 230b.b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6),τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37
;τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89
; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; alsoτὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14
;τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14
;τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90
: sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause,τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107
,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.;ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32
, cf. A.Eu. 462 ;τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59
.c in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (lit. before this [day]), and to-day's, IG9(2).517.43 (Larissa, iii B.C.).6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs.,ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90
, Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.;ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71
; : in late Prose, also with Positives,ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47
codd.; withπάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19
, cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst., the hindmost man,Il.
11.178 ;τὸν ἄριστον 17.80
;τὸν δύστηνον 22.59
;τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325
; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also inτῶν ἄλλων 2.674
, al.: with Advs.,τὸ πρίν 24.543
, al.;τὸ πάρος περ 17.720
;τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583
; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ;τὰ πρῶτα 1.6
,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ;ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559
.—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron.,τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5
; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12; .b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of ὁ with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type,οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109
;πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242
, etc.b freq. with abstract Nouns,ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45
, etc.3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.;τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148
; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ;τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b
;ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d
, cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ;ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8
;τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8
: hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.7 before Prons.,a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc., ,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ; ; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst., that sort of person,X.
Mem.4.2.21, etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art.,τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13
.8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6,πολύς 11.3
, etc.II elliptic expressions:1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers.,τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48
. But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, asτὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86
; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν;ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52
; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., asκἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266
, cf.[315] (lyr.);ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412
(lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ;τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731
.C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, asκλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262
, cf. 1.300, al. ;Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526
(lyr.);Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86
; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets,ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3
, cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag., , Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.);τῷ S.Ph.14
; , Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg.τεῦ Il.18.192
(s.v.l.).D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:a [dialect] Att. ὁ, ἡ, τό, with [pron. full] ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. -
15 ἰδού
ἰδού demonstrative or presentative particle that draws attention to what follows (Soph.+). It is actually the aor. mid. impv. of εἶδον, ἰδοῦ, except that it is accented w. the acute when used as a particle (Schwyzer I 799) ‘(you) see, look, behold’ (for var. renderings see e.g. ESiegman, CBQ 9, ’47, 77f, fr. RKnox’s transl.).① prompter of attention, behold, look, see. Like הִנֵּה it somet. serves to enliven a narrativeⓐ by arousing the attention of hearers or readers (in 1 Cl, 2 Cl, and B only in quots. fr. the OT) Lk 22:10; J 4:35; 1 Cor 15:51; 2 Cor 5:17; Js 5:9; Jd 14; Rv 1:7; 9:12; 11:14; Hv 1, 3, 4 al.ⓑ by introducing someth. new or unusualα. after a gen. abs., in order to introduce someth. new, which calls for special attention in the situation generally described by the gen. abs.: Mt 1:20; 2:1, 13; 9:18; 12:46; 17:5; 26:47; 28:11.β. with other constructions: καὶ ἰδού Mt 2:9; 3:16; 4:11; 8:2, 24, 29, 32, 34; 9:2, 3, 20 al.; Lk 1:20, 31, 36; 2:25; 9:30, 38; 10:25 al.; Ac 12:7; 16:1; PEg2 32. Also someth. quite extraordinary and yet ὡς ἀποθνῄσκοντες κ. ἰδοὺ ζῶμεν 2 Cor 6:9; cp. Mt 7:4; Ac 27:24 (contrary to all appearances).γ. introducing whole stories: Mt 13:3.δ. in the middle of a statement, and at the same time enlivening it Mt 23:34; Ac 2:7; 13:11; 20:22, 25.ε. w. emphasis on the size or importance of someth. (freq. omitted in transl., but w. some loss of mng.) ἰ. ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα Mt 19:27; Mk 10:28. ἰ. δέκα κ. ὀκτὼ ἔτη eighteen long years Lk 13:16 (cp. BGU 948, 6 ἡ μήτηρ σου ἀσθενεῖ, ἰδοὺ δέκα τρεῖς μῆνες; Dt 8:4); vs. 7; 15:29; 19:8; 2 Cor 12:14.—καὶ ἰ. ἐγὼ μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰμι πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας Mt 28:20; cp. 20:18; 23:38; Lk 2:34; 6:23; 13:30 al.ⓒ as a call to closer consideration and contemplation remember, consider, etc. Mt 10:16; 11:8; 22:4; Mk 14:41; Lk 2:48; 7:25; Hv 2, 3, 4. Likew. ἰδοὺ γάρ Lk 1:44, 48; 2:10; Ac 9:11; 2 Cor 7:11; AcPl Ha 6, 19. The citing of examples Js 3:4f; 5:4, 7, 11 belongs here. Variants in 3:3 include ἴδε (q.v.) and ἰδοῦ; the text has εἰ δέ.② marker of strong emphasis, see used w. a noun without a finite verb, as in our colloquial ‘see!’ ‘what do you know!’ ‘of all things!’ ‘wonder of wonders!’ The term can be rendered here or there is (are), here or there was (were) or there comes (came), but oral rendition requires emphasis so as to express the nuance in the source text (old Attic ins in Meisterhans3-Schw. p. 203 ἰδοὺ χελιδῶν; Epict. 4, 11, 35; UPZ 78, 25 [159 B.C.]; LXX) καὶ ἰ. φωνὴ ἐκ τ. οὐρανῶν and, see, a voice came from heaven or and a voice came right from heaven Mt 3:17. καὶ ἰ. ἄνθρωπος and there was a man Mt 12:10. ἰ. ἄνθρωπος φάγος Look! A glutton! 11:19; Lk 7:34; cp. 5:12, 18; 7:37; 11:31; 13:11; 17:21a; 19:2, 20; 22:38, 47; 23:50; Ac 8:27 (WCvanUnnik, ZNW 47, ’56, 181–91), 36; 2 Cor 6:2; Rv 12:3; 21:3. ἰ. ὁ νυμφίος here is the bridegroom Mt 25:6. ἰ. ὁ ἄνθρωπος here is the man J 19:5. In Rv as a formula εἶδον κ. ἰδού 4:1; 6:2, 5, 8; 7:9; 14:14; cp. 19:11. The godly pers. answers ἰ. ἐγώ here I am to the divine call, in order to signify willingness to obey God’s command (1 Km 3:4; TestJob 3:2) Ac 9:10. (In Mt ἰ. is found 62 times, in Mk 7 times [and also as v.l. Mk 13:23 and 15:35], in Lk 57 times, in J 4 times [including once in a quot.], in Ac 23 times, in Paul 9 times [including once in a quot.], Hb 4 times in quotations, Js 6 times, Jd once, 1 Pt once in a quot., Rv 26 times; it is not found at all in 1–3J, 2 Pt, Eph, Phil, Col, 1 and 2 Th, Pastorals, Phlm, Dg, Ign, Pol). S. Mlt. 11, w. note 1; MJohannessohn, ZVS 64, ’37, 145–260; 66, ’39, 145–95; 67, ’40, 30–84 (esp. on καὶ ἰδού); PVannutelli, Synoptica 2, ’38, xlvi–lii: ἰδού in the Syn. Gosp.; PFiedler, D. Formel ‘Und Siehe’ im NT: Studien z. A. u. NT 20, ’69; AVargas-Machucha, (καὶ) ἰδού en el estilo narrativo de Mt, Biblica 50, ’69, 233–44. See ἴδε.—DELG s.v. ἰδεῖν. M-M. -
16 ἀπό
ἀπό (Hom.+) prep. w. gen. (see the lit. on ἀνά, beg., also for ἀπό: KDieterich, IndogF 24, 1909, 93–158; LfgrE s.v.). Basic sense ‘separation from’ someone or someth., fr. which the other uses have developed. In the NT it has encroached on the domain of Att. ἐκ, ὑπό, παρά, and the gen. of separation; s. Mlt. 102; 246; Mlt-Turner 258f.① a marker to indicate separation from a place, whether person or thing, from, away fromⓐ w. all verbs denoting motion, esp. those compounded w. ἀπό: ἀπάγεσθαι, ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι, ἀπελαύνειν, ἀπέρχεσθαι, ἀπολύεσθαι, ἀποπλανᾶσθαι, ἀποστέλλειν, ἀποφεύγειν, ἀποχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρίζεσθαι; but also w. ἀνίστασθαι, διαστῆναι, διέρχεσθαι, ἐκδημεῖν, ἐκκινεῖν, ἐκπλεῖν, ἐκπορεύεσθαι, ἐξέρχεσθαι, ἐξωθεῖν, ἐπιδιδόναι, μεταβαίνειν, μετατίθεσθαι, νοσφίζειν, παραγίνεσθαι, πλανᾶσθαι, πορεύεσθαι, ὑπάγειν, ὑποστρέφειν, φεύγειν; s. the entries in question.ⓑ w. all verbs expressing the idea of separation ἐκβάλλειν τὸ κάρφος ἀ. τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ remove the splinter fr. the eye Mt 7:4 v.l. (for ἐκ). ἐξέβαλον ἀπὸ τῆς πήρας αὐτῶν δῶρα they set forth gifts out of their travel bags GJs 21:3. ἀπολύεσθαι ἀ. ἀνδρός be divorced fr. her husband Lk 16:18, cp. Ac 15:33. ἀποκυλίειν, ἀπολαμβάνεσθαι, ἀποστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι, ἐπανάγειν, αἴρειν, ἀφαιρεῖν, ἀπολέσθαι, μερίζειν et al., s. the pertinent entries. So also κενὸς ἀ. τινος Hs 9, 19, 2. ἔρημος ἀ. τινος (Jer 51:2) 2 Cl 2:3. W. verbs which express the concept of separation in the wider sense, like loose, free, acquit et al. ἀπορφανίζειν, ἀποσπᾶν, διεγείρεσθαι, δικαιοῦν, ἐκδικοῦν, ἐλευθεροῦν, λούειν, λύειν, λυτροῦν, ῥαντίζειν, σαλεύειν, στέλλειν, σῴζειν, φθείρειν, s. the entries; hence also ἀθῷος (Sus 46 Theod. v.l.) Mt 27:24. καθαρὸς ἀ. τινος (Tob 3:14; but s. Dssm. NB 24 [BS 196; 216]) Ac 20:26; cp. Kuhring 54.ⓒ verbs meaning be on guard, be ashamed, etc., take ἀπό to express the occasion or object of their caution, shame, or fear; so αἰσχύνεσθαι, βλέπειν, μετανοεῖν, προσέχειν, φοβεῖσθαι, φυλάσσειν, φυλάσσεσθαι; s. 5 below.ⓓ w. verbs of concealing, hiding, hindering, the pers. from whom someth. is concealed is found w. ἀπό; so κρύπτειν τι ἀπό τινος, παρακαλύπτειν τι ἀπό τινος, κωλύειν τι ἀπό τινος; s. the entries.ⓔ in pregnant constr. like ἀνάθεμα εἶναι ἀ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ be separated fr. Christ by a curse Ro 9:3. μετανοεῖν ἀ. τ. κακίας (Jer 8:6) Ac 8:22. ἀποθνῄσκειν ἀ. τινος through death become free from Col 2:20. φθείρεσθαι ἀ. τ. ἁπλότητος be ruinously diverted from wholehearted commitment 2 Cor 11:3. Cp. Hs 6, 2, 4.ⓕ as a substitute for the partitive gen. (Hdt. 6, 27, 2; Thu. 7, 87, 6; PPetr III, 11, 20; PIand 8, 6; Kuhring 20; Rossberg 22; Johannessohn, Präp. 17) τίνα ἀ. τῶν δύο; Mt 27:21, cp. Lk 9:38; 19:39 (like PTebt 299, 13; 1 Macc 1:13; 3:24; Sir 6:6; 46:8). τὰ ἀ. τοῦ πλοίου pieces of the ship Ac 27:44. ἐκχεῶ ἀ. τοῦ πνεύματός μου Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f). λαμβάνειν ἀ. τ. καρπῶν get a share of the vintage Mk 12:2 (cp. Just., A I, 65, 5 μεταλαβεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ … ἄρτου).—Of foods (as in Da 1:13, 4:33a; 2 Macc 7:1) ἐσθίειν ἀ. τ. ψιχίων eat some of the crumbs Mt 15:27; Mk 7:28. χορτάζεσθαι ἀ. τινος eat one’s fill of someth. Lk 16:21. αἴρειν ἀ. τῶν ἰχθύων pick up the remnants of the fish Mk 6:43. ἐνέγκατε ἀ. τ. ὀψαρίων bring some of the fish J 21:10 (the only instance of this usage in J; s. M-EBoismard, Le chapitre 21 de Saint Jean: RB 54 [’47] 492).—Of drink (cp. Sir 26:12) πίνειν ἀπὸ τ. γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου drink the product of the vine Lk 22:18.② to indicate the point from which someth. begins, whether lit. or fig.ⓐ of place from, out from (Just., D. 86, 1 ἀπὸ τῆς πέτρας ὕδωρ ἀναβλύσαν ‘gushing out of the rock’) σημεῖον ἀ. τ. οὐρανοῦ a sign fr. heaven Mk 8:11. ἀ. πόλεως εἰς πόλιν from one city to another Mt 23:34. ἀπʼ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν (Dt 30:4; Ps 18:7) from one end of heaven to the other 24:31, cp. Mk 13:27. ἀπʼ ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω from top to bottom Mt 27:51. ἀρξάμενοι ἀ. Ἰερουσαλήμ beginning in Jerusalem Lk 24:47 (s. also Lk 23:5; Ac 1:22; 10:37). ἀφʼ ὑμῶν ἐξήχηται ὁ λόγος τ. κυρίου the word of the Lord has gone out from you and sounded forth 1 Th 1:8. ἀπὸ βορρᾶ, ἀπὸ νότου in the north, in the south (PCairGoodsp 6, 5 [129 B.C.] ἐν τῷ ἀπὸ νότου πεδίῳ; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 11A col. 1, 12f [123 B.C.] τὸ ἀπὸ νότου τῆς πόλεως χῶμα; ln. 7 ἀπὸ βορρᾶ τῆς πόλεως; 70, 16 al.; Josh 18:5; 19:34; 1 Km 14:5) Rv 21:13.ⓑ of time from … (on), since (POxy 523, 4; Mel., HE 4, 26, 8; s. Kuhring 54ff).α. ἀ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου from the days of John Mt 11:12. ἀ. τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 9:22. ἀπʼ ἐκείνης τ. ἡμέρας (Jos., Bell. 4, 318, Ant. 7, 382) Mt 22:46; J 11:53. ἔτη ἑπτὰ ἀ. τῆς παρθενίας αὐτῆς for seven years fr. the time she was a virgin Lk 2:36. ἀ. ἐτῶν δώδεκα for 12 years 8:43. ἀ. τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός Ac 23:23. ἀ. κτίσεως κόσμου Ro 1:20. ἀ. πέρυσι since last year, a year ago 2 Cor 8:10; 9:2.—ἀπʼ αἰῶνος, ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, ἀπʼ ἄρτι (also ἀπαρτί and ἄρτι), ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τότε, ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν; s. the pertinent entries.β. w. the limits defined, forward and backward: ἀπὸ … ἕως (Jos., Ant. 6, 364) Mt 27:45. ἀπὸ … ἄχρι Phil 1:5. ἀπὸ … μέχρι Ac 10:30; Ro 5:14; 15:19.γ. ἀφʼ ἧς (sc. ὥρας or ἡμέρας, which is found Col 1:6, 9; but ἀφʼ ἧς became a fixed formula: ParJer 7:28; Plut., Pelop. [285] 15, 5; s. B-D-F §241, 2) since Lk 7:45 (Renehan ’75, 36f); Ac 24:11; 2 Pt 3:4 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 6, 6; 1 Macc 1:11). ἀφʼ οὗ (sc.—as in X., Cyr. 1, 2, 13—χρόνου; Att. ins in Meisterhans.3-Schw. and s. Witkowski, index 163; ἀφʼ οὗ is also a formula) since, when once (X., Symp. 4, 62; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 16 Jac.; Lucian, Dial. Mar. 15, 1; Ex 5:23 GrBar 3:6) Lk 13:25; 24:21; Rv 16:18 (cp. Da 12:1; 1 Macc 9:29; 16:24; 2 Macc 1:7; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 23; GrBar; Jos., Ant. 4, 78). τρία ἔτη ἀφʼ οὗ (cp. Tob 5:35 S) Lk 13:7. ἀφότε s. ὅτε 1aγ end.ⓒ the beg. of a series from … (on).α. ἀρξάμενος ἀ. Μωϋσέως καὶ ἀ. πάντων τ. προφητῶν beginning w. Moses and all the prophets Lk 24:27. ἕβδομος ἀ. Ἀδάμ Jd 14 (Diod S 1, 50, 3 ὄγδοος ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρός [ancestor]; Appian, Mithrid. 9 §29 τὸν ἕκτον ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου Μιθριδάτην; Arrian, Anab. 7, 12, 4; Diog. L. 3, 1: Plato in the line of descent was ἕκτος ἀπὸ Σόλωνος; Biogr. p. 31: Homer δέκατος ἀπὸ Μουσαίου). ἀ. διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω Mt 2:16 (cp. Num 1:20; 2 Esdr 3:8).β. w. both beg. and end given ἀπὸ … ἕως (Sir 18:26; 1 Macc 9:13) Mt 1:17; 23:35; Ac 8:10. Sim., ἀ. δόξης εἰς δόξαν fr. glory to glory 2 Cor 3:18.③ to indicate origin or source, fromⓐ lit., with verbs of motionα. down from πίπτειν ἀ. τραπέζης Mt 15:27. καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀ. θρόνων God has dethroned rulers Lk 1:52.β. from ἔρχεσθαι ἀ. θεοῦ J 3:2; cp. 13:3; 16:30. παραγίνεται ἀ. τῆς Γαλιλαίας Mt 3:13; ἀ. ἀνατολῶν ἥξουσιν 8:11 (Is 49:12; 59:19); ἀ. τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐπορεύετο 24:1; ἀ. Παμφυλίας Ac 15:38. ἐγείρεσθαι ἀ. τ. νεκρῶν be raised from the dead Mt 14:2.ⓑ lit., to indicate someone’s local origin from (Hom. et al.; Soph., El. 701; Hdt. 8, 114; ins [RevArch 4 sér. IV 1904 p. 9 ἀπὸ Θεσσαλονίκης]; pap [HBraunert, Binnenwanderung ’64, 384, s.v.; PFlor 14, 2; 15, 5; 17, 4; 22, 13 al.]; Judg 12:8; 13:2; 17:1 [all three acc. to B]; 2 Km 23:20 al.; Jos., Bell. 3, 422, Vi. 217; Just., A I, 1 τῶν ἀπὸ Φλαουί̈ας Νέας πόλεως; s. B-D-F §209, 3; Rob. 578) ἦν ἀ. Βηθσαϊδά he was from B. J 1:44; cp. 12:21. ὄχλοι ἀ. τῆς Γαλιλαίας crowds fr. Galilee Mt 4:25. ἄνδρες ἀ. παντὸς ἔθνους Ac 2:5. ἀνὴρ ἀ. τοῦ ὄχλου a man fr. the crowd Lk 9:38. ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἀ. Ναζαρέθ Mt 21:11. οἱ ἀ. Κιλικίας the Cilicians Ac 6:9. οἱ ἀδελφοὶ οἱ ἀ. Ἰόππης 10:23 (Musaeus 153 παρθένος ἀπʼ Ἀρκαδίας; Just., A I, 58, 1 Μακρίωνα … τὸν ἀπὸ Πόντου). οἱ ἀ. Θεσσαλονίκης Ἰουδαῖοι 17:13. οἱ ἀ. τῆς Ἰταλίας the Italians Hb 13:24, who could be inside as well as outside Italy (cp. Dssm., Her. 33, 1898, 344, LO 167, 1 [LAE 200, 3]; Mlt. 237; B-D-F §437).—Rather denoting close association οἱ ἀ. τῆς ἐκκλησίας members of the church Ac 12:1; likew. 15:5 (cp. Plut., Cato Min. 4, 2 οἱ ἀπὸ τ. στοᾶς φιλόσοφοι; Ps.-Demetr. c. 68 οἱ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ=his [Isocrates’] pupils; Synes., Ep. 4 p. 162b; 66 p. 206c; PTebt 33, 3 [112 B.C.], Ῥωμαῖος τῶν ἀπὸ συγκλήτου; Ar. 15, 1 Χριστιανοὶ γενεαλογοῦνται ἀπὸ … Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ; Ath.).—To indicate origin in the sense of material fr. which someth. is made (Hdt. 7, 65; Theocr. 15, 117; IPriene 117, 72 ἀπὸ χρυσοῦ; 1 Esdr 8:56; Sir 43:20 v.l.) ἔνδυμα ἀ. τριχῶν καμήλου clothing made of camel’s hair Mt 3:4.ⓒ fig., w. verbs of asking, desiring, to denote the pers. of or from whom a thing is asked (Ar. 11, 3): δανίσασθαι ἀπό τινος borrow fr. someone Mt 5:42. ἐκζητεῖν ἀ. τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης Lk 11:51. ἀπαιτεῖν τι ἀπό τινος Lk 12:20. ζητεῖν τι ἀπό τινος 1 Th 2:6. λαμβάνειν τι ἀπό τινος Mt 17:25f; 3J 7.ⓓ fig., w. verbs of perceiving, to indicate source of the perception (Lysias, Andoc. 6; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6, 399b ἀπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων θεωρεῖται ὁ θεός; Appian, Liby. 104 §493 ἀπὸ τῆς σφραγῖδος=[recognize a corpse] by the seal-ring; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 1 στοχάζεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ὀνομάτων; Just., D. 60, 1 τοῦτο νοοῦμεν ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων τῶν προλελεγμένων; 100, 2 ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν): ἀ. τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς by their fruits you will know them Mt 7:16, 20. μανθάνειν παραβολὴν ἀ. τῆς συκῆς learn a lesson from the fig tree 24:32; Mk 13:28. ἀπὸ τῶν σπερμάτων μὴ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν παραβολήν if we are not to derive our parable solely from reference to seeds (cp. 1 Cor 15:37) AcPlCor 2:28.—Also μανθάνειν τι ἀπό τινος learn someth. fr. someone Gal 3:2; Col 1:7.ⓔ γράψαι ἀφʼ ὧν ἠδυνήθην, lit., write from what I was able, i.e. as well as I could B 21:9 (cp. Tat. 12, 5 οὐκ ἀπὸ γλώττης οὐδὲ ἀπὸ τῶν εἰκότων οὐδὲ ἀπʼ ἐννοιῶν etc.).④ to indicate distance fr. a point, away from, for μακρὰν ἀ. τινος far fr. someone, ἀπὸ μακρόθεν fr. a great distance s. μακράν, μακρόθεν. ἀπέχειν ἀπό τινος s. ἀπέχω 4. W. detailed measurements (corresp. to Lat. ‘a’, s. B-D-F §161, 1; Rob. 575; WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 15ff; Hdb. on J 11:18; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 12 §42; CB I/2, 390 no. 248) ἦν Βηθανία ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκατέντε Bethany was near Jerusalem, about 15 stades (less than 3 km.) away J 11:18. ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων about 200 cubits (c. 90 meters) 21:8. ἀπὸ σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων about 1600 stades (c. 320 km.) Rv 14:20; cp. Hv 4, 1, 5 (for other examples of this usage, s. Rydbeck 68).—Hebraistically ἀπὸ προσώπου τινός (Gen 16:6; Jer 4:26; Jdth 2:14; Sir 21:2; 1 Macc 5:34; En 103:4; Just., A I, 37, 1 ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ πατρὸς ἐλέχθησαν διὰ Ἠσαίου … οἵδε οἱ λόγοι ‘in the name of the father … through Isaiah’; 38, 1 al.)=מִפְּנֵי פ׳ ( away) from the presence of someone 2 Th 1:9 (Is 2:10, 19, 21); Rv 12:14 (B-D-F §140; 217, 1; Mlt-H. 466).⑤ to indicate cause, means, or outcomeⓐ gener., to show the reason for someth. because of, as a result of, for (numerous ref. in FBleek on Hb 5:7; PFay 111, 4; POxy 3314, 7 [from falling off a horse]; Jdth 2:20; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010]; AscIs 3:13; Jos., Ant. 9, 56) οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀ. τοῦ ὄχλου he could not because of the crowd Lk 19:3; cp. Mk 2:4 D. οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτός I could not see because of the brilliance of the light Ac 22:11. ἀ. τοῦ πλήθους τ. ἰχθύων J 21:6 (M-EBoismard, ad loc.: s. 1f end). ἀ. τοῦ ὕδατος for the water Hs 8, 2, 8. ἀ. τῆς θλίψεως because of the persecution Ac 11:19. οὐαὶ τῷ κόσμῳ ἀ. τ. σκανδάλων Mt 18:7 (s. B-D-F §176, 1; Mlt. 246). εἰσακουσθεὶς ἀ. τῆς εὐλαβείας heard because of his piety Hb 5:7 (but the text may be corrupt; at any rate it is obscure and variously interpr.; besides the comm. s. KRomaniuk, Die Gottesfürchtigen im NT: Aegyptus 44, ’64, 84; B-D-F §211; Rob. 580; s. on εὐλάβεια).ⓑ to indicate means with the help of, with (Hdt. et al.; Ael. Aristid. 37, 23 K.=2 p. 25 D.; PGM 4, 2128f σφράγιζε ἀπὸ ῥύπου=seal with dirt; En 97:8) γεμίσαι τὴν κοιλίαν ἀ. τ. κερατίων fill one’s stomach w. the husks Lk 15:16 v.l. (s. ἐκ 4aζ; cp. Pr 18:20). οἱ πλουτήσαντες ἀπʼ αὐτῆς Rv 18:15 (cp. Sir 11:18).ⓒ to indicate motive or reason for, from, with (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 13 §52 ἀπʼ εὐνοίας=with goodwill; 1 Macc 6:10; pap exx. in Kuhring 35) κοιμᾶσθαι ἀ. τῆς λύπης sleep from sorrow Lk 22:45. ἀ. τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ Mt 13:44; cp. Lk 24:41; Ac 12:14. ἀ. τοῦ φόβου κράζειν Mt 14:26, ἀ. φόβου καὶ προσδοκίας with fear and expectation Lk 21:26. Hence verbs of fearing, etc., take ἀ. to show the cause of the fear (s. above 1c) μὴ φοβεῖσθαι ἀ. τ. ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα not be afraid of those who kill only the body Mt 10:28; Lk 12:4 (cp. Jdth 5:23; 1 Macc 2:62; 3:22; 8:12; En 106:4).ⓓ to indicate the originator of the action denoted by the verb from (Trag., Hdt. et al.) ἀ. σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν Mt 12:38. γινώσκειν ἀπό τινος learn fr. someone Mk 15:45. ἀκούειν ἀ. τοῦ στόματός τινος hear fr. someone’s mouth, i.e. fr. him personally Lk 22:71 (Dionys. Hal. 3, 8 ἀ. στόματος ἤκουσεν); cp. Ac 9:13; 1J 1:5. τὴν ἀ. σοῦ ἐπαγγελίαν a promise given by you Ac 23:21 (cp. Ath. 2, 3 ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν κατηγόρων αἰτίαις ‘the charges made by the accusers’). ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν Hb 11:12. Prob. παραλαμβάνειν ἀ. τοῦ κυρίου 1 Cor 11:23 is to be understood in the same way: Paul is convinced that he is taught by the Lord himself (for direct teaching s. EBröse, Die Präp. ἀπό 1 Cor 11:23: StKr 71, 1898, 351–60; Dssm.; BWeiss; Ltzm.; H-DWendland. But for indirect communication: Zahn et al.). παραλαβὼν ἀπὸ τῶν θυγατέρων Φιλίππου, ὅτι Papias (11:2); opp. παρειληφέναι ὑπὸ τῶν θ. Φ. (2:9).—Of the more remote cause ἀπʼ ἀνθρώπων from human beings (as opposed to transcendent revelation; w. διʼ ἀνθρώπου; cp. Artem. 1, 73 p. 66, 11 ἀπὸ γυναικῶν ἢ διὰ γυναικῶν; 2, 36 p. 135, 26) Gal 1:1. ἀ. κυρίου πνεύματος fr. the Lord, who is the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18. ἔχειν τι ἀπό τινος have (received) someth. fr. someone 1 Cor 6:19; 1 Ti 3:7; 1J 2:20; 4:21.—In salutation formulas εἰρήνη ἀ. θεοῦ πατρός ἡμῶν peace that comes from God, our father Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; cp. 6:23; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; 1 Th 1:1 v.l.; 2 Th 1:2; 1 Ti 1:2; 2 Ti 1:2; Tit 1:4; Phlm 3. σοφία ἀ. θεοῦ wisdom that comes fr. God 1 Cor 1:30. ἔπαινος ἀ. θεοῦ praise fr. God 4:5. καὶ τοῦτο ἀ. θεοῦ and that brought about by God Phil 1:28. The expr. εἰρήνη ἀπὸ ‘ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος’ Rv 1:4 is quite extraordinary. It may be an interpretation of the name Yahweh already current, or an attempt to show reverence for the divine name by preserving it unchanged, or simply one more of the grammatical peculiarities so frequent in Rv (Meyer6-Bousset 1906, 159ff; Mlt. 9, note 1; cp. PParis 51, 33 ἀπὸ ἀπηλιότης; Mussies 93f, 328).ⓔ to indicate responsible agents for someth., from, ofα. the self, st. Gk. usage (Thu. 5, 60, 1; X., Mem. 2, 10, 3; Andoc., Orat. 2, 4 οὗτοι οὐκ ἀφʼ αὑτῶν ταῦτα πράττουσιν; Diod S 17, 56; Num 16:28; 4 Macc 11:3; En 98:4; TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 26 [Stone p. 38]; 18 p. 101, 6 [Stone p. 50]; Just., A I, 43, 8) the expr. ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ (pl. ἀφʼ ἑαυτῶν) of himself and ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ of myself are common Lk 12:57; 21:30; 2 Cor 3:5, esp. so in J: 5:19, 30; 8:28; 10:18; 15:4.—7:17f; 11:51; 14:10; 16:13; 18:34. So also ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ἐλήλυθα I did not come of myself (opp. the Father sent me) 7:28; 8:42.β. fr. others. W. verbs in the pass. voice or pass. mng. ὑπό is somet. replaced by ἀπό (in isolated cases in older Gk. e.g. Thu. 1, 17 et al. [Kühner-G. II/1 p. 457f]; freq. in later Gk.: Polyb. 1, 79, 14; Hero I 152, 6; 388, 11; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 130, 130 Jac.; IG XII/5, 29, 1; SIG 820, 9; PLond III, 1173, 12 p. 208; BGU 1185, 26; PFlor 150, 6 ἀ. τῶν μυῶν κατεσθιόμενα; PGM 4, 256; Kuhring 36f; 1 Macc 15:17; Sir 16:4; ParJer 1:1 ᾐχμαλωτεύθησαν … ἀπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 62; Just., A I, 68, 6 ἐπιστολὴν … γραφεῖσάν μοι ἀπὸ Σερήνου, D. 121, 3 ἀπὸ παντὸς [γένους] μετάνοιαν πεποιῆσθαι. See B-D-F §210; Rob. 820; GHatzidakis, Einl. in d. neugriech. Gramm. 1892, 211; AJannaris, An Histor. Gk. Grammar 1897, §1507). Yet just at this point the textual tradition varies considerably, and the choice of prep. is prob. at times influenced by the wish to express special nuances of mng. Lk 8:29b v.l. (ὑπό text); 43b (ὑπό v.l.); 10:22 D; ἀποδεδειγμένος ἀ. τ. θεοῦ attested by God Ac 2:22. ἐπικληθεὶς Βαρναβᾶς ἀ. (ὑπό v.l.) τ. ἀποστόλων named B. by the apostles 4:36. κατενεχθεὶς ἀ. τοῦ ὕπνου overcome by sleep 20:9. ἀθετούμενος ἀπὸ τῶν παραχαρασσόντων τὰ λόγια αὐτοῦ inasmuch as (Jesus) is being rejected by those who falsify his words AcPlCor 2:3. νεκροῦ βληθέντος ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐπʼ αὐτά when a corpse was cast upon them (the bones of Elisha) 2:32. In such cases ἀπό freq. denotes the one who indirectly originates an action, and can be transl. at the hands of, by command of: πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀ. τ. πρεσβυτέρων suffer much at the hands of the elders Mt 16:21; cp. Lk 9:22; 17:25, where the emphasis is to be placed on παθεῖν, not on ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι. In ἀ. θεοῦ πειράζομαι the thought is that the temptation is caused by God, though not actually carried out by God Js 1:13. ἡτοιμασμένος ἀ. τοῦ θεοῦ prepared by God’s command, not by God in person Rv 12:6.⑥ In a few expr. ἀπό helps to take the place of an adverb. ἀπὸ μέρους, s. μέρος 1c.—ἡμέρᾳ ἀφʼ ἡμέρας day by day GJs 12:3.—ἀπὸ μιᾶς (acc. to Wlh., Einl.2 26, an Aramaism, min ḥădā˒=at once [s. MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 113]; but this does not explain the fem. gender, found also in the formulaic ἐπὶ μιᾶς Maxim. Tyr. 6, 3f En 99:9 [s. SAalen, NTS 13, ’67, 3] and in Mod. Gk. μὲ μιᾶς at once [Thumb §162 note 2]. PSI 286, 22 uses ἀπὸ μιᾶς of a payment made ‘at once’; on the phrase s. New Docs 2, 189. Orig. γνώμης might have been a part of the expr. [Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 73], or ὁρμῆς [Thu. 7, 71, 6], or γλώσσης [Cass. Dio 44, 36, 2], or φωνῆς [Herodian 1, 4, 8]; cp. ἀπὸ μιᾶς φωνῆς Plut., Mor. 502d of an echo; s. B-D-F §241, 6) unanimously, alike, in concert Lk 14:18. Sim. ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν fr. (your) hearts, sincerely Mt 18:35.—Himerius, Or. 39 [=Or. 5], 6 has as a formula διὰ μιᾶς, probably = continuously, uninterruptedly, Or. 44 [=Or. 8], 2 fuller διὰ μιᾶς τῆς σπουδῆς=with one and the same, or with quite similar zeal.—M-M. -
17 ἐν
ἐν prep. w. dat. (Hom.+). For lit. s. ἀνά and εἰς, beg. For special NT uses s. AOepke, TW II 534–39. The uses of this prep. are so many and various, and oft. so easily confused, that a strictly systematic treatment is impossible. It must suffice to list the main categories, which will help establish the usage in individual cases. The earliest auditors/readers, not being inconvenienced by grammatical and lexical debates, would readily absorb the context and experience little difficulty.① marker of a position defined as being in a location, in, among (the basic idea, Rob. 586f)ⓐ of the space or place within which someth. is found, in: ἐν τῇ πόλει Lk 7:37. ἐν Βηθλέεμ Mt 2:1. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 3:1 (Just., D. 19, 5, cp. A I, 12, 6 ἐν ἐρημίᾳ) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Ac 5:42. ἐν οἴκῳ 1 Ti 3:15 and very oft. ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house Lk 2:49 and perh. Mt 20:15 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302, C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός; PTebt 12, 3; POxy 523, 3; Tob 6:11 S; Goodsp., Probs. 81–83). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Mt 20:3. ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ in heaven (Arat., Phaen. 10; Diod S 4, 61, 6; Plut., Mor. 359d τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ λάμπειν ἄστρα; Tat. 12, 2 τὰ ἄστρα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ) Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3); Rv 12:1; IEph 19:2.—W. quotations and accounts of the subject matter of literary works: in (Ps.-Demetr. c. 226 ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐθυδήμῳ; Simplicius in Epict. p. 28, 37 ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι; Ammon. Hermiae in Aristot. De Interpret. c. 9 p. 136, 20 Busse ἐν Τιμαίῳ παρειλήφαμεν=we have received as a tradition; 2 Macc 2:4; 1 Esdr 1:40; 5:48; Sir 50:27; Just., A I, 60, 1 ἐν τῷ παρὰ Πλάτωνι Τιμαίῳ) ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Lk 24:44; J 1:45. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις Ac 13:40. ἐν Ἠλίᾳ in the story of Elijah Ro 11:2 (Just., D. 120, 3 ἐν τῷ Ἰούδα). ἐν τῷ Ὡσηέ 9:25 (Just., D. 44, 2 ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ). ἐν Δαυίδ in the Psalter ( by David is also prob.: s. 6) Hb 4:7. ἐν ἑτέρῳ προφήτῃ in another prophet B 6:14. Of inner life φανεροῦσθαι ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσι be made known to (your) consciences 2 Cor 5:11. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Mt 5:28; 13:19; 2 Cor 11:12 et al.ⓑ on ἐν τῷ ὄρει (X., An. 4, 3, 31; Diod S 14, 16, 2 λόφος ἐν ᾧ=a hill on which; Jos., Ant. 12, 259; Just., D. 67, 9 ἐν ὄρει Χωρήβ) J 4:20f; Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ in the market Mt 20:3. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mt 5:25. ἐν πλαξίν on tablets 2 Cor 3:3. ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν on the street corners Mt 6:5.ⓒ within the range of, at, near (Soph., Fgm. 37 [34 N.2] ἐν παντὶ λίθῳ=near every stone; Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 19 ἐν Τύρῳ=near Tyre; Polyaenus 8, 24, 7 ἐν τῇ νησῖδι=near the island; Diog. L. 1, 34; 85; 97 τὰ ἐν ποσίν=what is before one’s feet; Jos., Vi. 227 ἐν Χαβωλώ) ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακείῳ (q.v.) J 8:20. ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ near the pool of Siloam Lk 13:4. καθίζειν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τινος sit at someone’s right hand (cp. 1 Esdr 4:29) Eph 1:20; Hb 1:3; 8:1.ⓓ among, in (Hom.+; PTebt 58, 41 [111 B.C.]; Sir 16:6; 31:9; 1 Macc 4:58; 5:2; TestAbr B 9 p. 13, 27 [Stone p. 74]; Just., A I, 5, 4 ἐν βαρβάροις) ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ in the generation now living Mk 8:38. ἐν τῷ γένει μου among my people Gal 1:14 (Just., D. 51, 1 al. ἐν τῷ γένει ὑμῶν). ἐν ἡμῖν Hb 13:26. ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ in the crowd Mk 5:30 (cp. Sir 7:7). ἐν ἀλλήλοις mutually (Thu. 1, 24, 4; Just., D. 101, 3) Ro 1:12; 15:5. ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν (=among the commanding officers: Diod S 18, 61, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 21 §84) Ἰούδα Mt 2:6 et al. ἐν ἀνθρώποις among people (as Himerius, Or. 48 [14], 11; Just., A I, 23, 3, D. 64, 7) Lk 2:14; cp. Ac 4:12.ⓔ before, in the presence of, etc. (cp. Od. 2, 194; Eur., Andr. 359; Pla., Leg. 9, 879b; Demosth. 24, 207; Polyb. 5, 39, 6; Epict. 3, 22, 8; Appian, Maced. 18 §2 ἐν τοῖς φίλοις=in the presence of his friends; Sir 19:8; Jdth 6:2; PPetr. II, 4 [6], 16 [255/254 B.C.] δινὸν γάρ ἐστιν ἐν ὄχλῳ ἀτιμάζεσθαι=before a crowd) σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις in the presence of mature (i.e. spiritually sophisticated) adults 1 Cor 2:6 (cp. Simplicius in Epict. p. 131, 20 λέγειν τὰ θεωρήματα ἐν ἰδιώταις). ἐν τ. ὠσὶν ὑμῶν in your hearing Lk 4:21 (cp. Judg 17:2; 4 Km 23:2; Bar 1:3f), where the words can go linguistically just as well w. πεπλήρωται as w. ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη (this passage of scripture read in your hearing). ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τινος in someone’s eyes, i.e. judgment (Wsd 3:2; Sir 8:16; Jdth 3:4; 12:14; 1 Macc 1:12) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:23). ἔν τινι in the same mng. as early as Trag. (Soph., Oed. C. 1213 ἐν ἐμοί=in my judgment, Ant. 925 ἐν θεοῖς καλά; also Pla., Prot. 337b; 343c) ἐν ἐμοί 1 Cor 14:11; possibly J 3:21 (s. 4c below) and Jd 1 belong here.—In the ‘forensic’ sense ἔν τινι can mean in someone’s court or forum (Soph., Ant. 459; Pla., Gorg. 464d, Leg. 11, 916b; Ael. Aristid. 38, 3 K.=7 p. 71 D.; 46 p. 283, 334 D.; Diod S 19, 51, 4; Ps.-Heraclit., Ep. 4, 6; but in several of these pass. the mng. does not go significantly beyond ‘in the presence of’ [s. above]) ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Cor 6:2 ( by you is also tenable; s. 6 below).ⓕ esp. to describe certain processes, inward: ἐν ἑαυτῷ to himself, i.e. in silence, διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:8; Lk 12:17; διαπορεῖν Ac 10:17; εἰδέναι J 6:61; λέγειν Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 7:49; εἰπεῖν 7:39 al.; ἐμβριμᾶσθαι J 11:38.② marker of a state or condition, inⓐ of being clothed and metaphors assoc. with such condition in, with (Hdt. 2, 159; X., Mem. 3, 11, 4; Diod S 1, 12, 9; Herodian 2, 13, 3; Jdth 10:3; 1 Macc 6:35; 2 Macc 3:33) ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν μαλακοῖς dressed in soft clothes Mt 11:8. περιβάλλεσθαι ἐν ἱματίοις Rv 3:5; 4:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων come in sheep’s clothing Mt 7:15. περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς walk about in long robes Mk 12:38 (Tat. 2, 1 ἐν πορφυρίδι περιπατῶν); cp. Ac 10:30; Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. ἐν λευκοῖς in white (Artem. 2, 3; 4, 2 ἐν λευκοῖς προϊέναι; Epict. 3, 22, 1) J 20:12; Hv 4, 2, 1. Prob. corresp. ἐν σαρκί clothed in flesh (cp. Diod S 1, 12, 9 deities appear ἐν ζῴων μορφαῖς) 1 Ti 3:16; 1J 4:2; 2J 7. ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ in all his glory Mt 6:29 (cp. 1 Macc 10:86). ἐν τ. δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός clothed in his Father’s glory 16:27; cp. 25:31; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:31.ⓑ of other states and conditions (so freq. w. γίνομαι, εἰμί; Attic wr.; PPetr II, 11 [1], 8 [III B.C.] γράφε, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ἐν οἷς εἶ; 39 [g], 16; UPZ 110, 176 [164 B.C.] et al.; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 2 πάλιν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ γενέσθαι; 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι; Tat. 20, 1f οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ ἄπειρος ὁ οὐρανός, … πεπερασμένος δὲ καὶ ἐν τέρματι; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 ἐν … λεηλασίᾳ ‘plundering’): ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις Lk 16:23. ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1J 3:14. ἐν ζωῇ Ro 5:10. ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς Phlm 13 (Just., A II, 2, 11 ἐν δ. γενέσθαι). ἐν πειρασμοῖς 1 Pt 1:6; ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκός Ro 8:3. ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 Th 2:2. ἐν φθορᾷ in a state of corruptibility 1 Cor 15:42. ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν 2 Cor 10:6 (cp. PEleph 10, 7 [223/222 B.C.] τ. λοιπῶν ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ὄντων; PGen 76, 8; 3 Macc 5:8); ἐν ἐκστάσει in a state of trance Ac 11:5 (opp. Just., D, 115, 3 ἐν καταστάσει ὤν). Of qualities: ἐν πίστει κ. ἀγάπῃ κ. ἁγιασμῷ 1 Ti 2:15; ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ Tit 3:3; ἐν πανουργίᾳ 2 Cor 4:2; ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 Ti 2:2; ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:26; ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7; ἐν δόξῃ Phil 4:19.③ marker of extension toward a goal that is understood to be within an area or condition, into: ἐν is somet. used w. verbs of motion where εἰς would normally be expected (Diod S 23, 8, 1 Ἄννων ἐπέρασε ἐν Σικελίᾳ; Hero I 142, 7; 182, 4; Paus. 7, 4, 3 διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ; Epict. 1, 11, 32; 2, 20, 33; Aelian, VH 4, 18; Vett. Val. 210, 26; 212, 6 al., s. index; Pel.-Leg. 1, 4; 5; 2, 1; PParis 10, 2 [145 B.C.] ἀνακεχώρηκεν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ; POxy 294, 4; BGU 22, 13; Tob 5:5 BA; 1 Macc 10:43; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 23=Stone p. 60 [s. on the LXX Thackeray 25]; πέμψον αὐτοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ En 10:9; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 22 [Stone p. 14] δάκρυα … ἐν τῷ νιπτῆρι πίπτοντα): εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 9:46; Rv 11:11; ἀπάγειν GJs 6:1; ἀνάγειν 7:1; εἰσάγειν 10:1; καταβαίνειν J 5:3 (4) v.l.; ἀναβαίνειν GJs 22:13; ἀπέρχεσθαι (Diod S 23, 18, 5) Hs 1:6; ἥκειν GJs 5:1; ἀποστέλλειν 25:1. To be understood otherwise: ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ the word went out = spread in all Judaea Lk 7:17; likew. 1 Th 1:8. The metaphorical expr. ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων turn the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Lk 1:17 is striking but consistent w. the basic sense of ἐν. S. also γίνομαι, δίδωμι, ἵστημι, καλέω, and τίθημι. ἐν μέσῳ among somet. answers to the question ‘whither’ (B-D-F §215, 3) Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; 8:7.④ marker of close association within a limit, inⓐ fig., of pers., to indicate the state of being filled w. or gripped by someth.: in someone=in one’s innermost being ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα in him dwells all the fullness Col 2:9. ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα (prob. to be understood as local, not instrumental, since ἐν αὐ. would otherwise be identical w. διʼ αὐ. in the same vs.) everything was created in association with him 1:16 (cp. M. Ant. 4, 23 ἐν σοὶ πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; AFeuillet, NTS 12, ’65, 1–9). ἐν τῷ θεῷ κέκρυπται ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν your life is hid in God 3:3; cp. 2:3. Of sin in humans Ro 7:17f; cp. κατεργάζεσθαι vs. 8. Of Christ who, as a spiritual being, fills people so as to be in charge of their lives 8:10; 2 Cor 13:5, abides J 6:56, lives Gal 2:20, and takes form 4:19 in them. Of the divine word: οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1J 1:10; μένειν ἔν τινι J 5:38; ἐνοικεῖν Col 3:16. Of God’s spirit: οἰκεῖν (ἐνοικεῖν) ἔν τινι Ro 8:9, 11; 1 Cor 3:16; 2 Ti 1:14. Of spiritual gifts 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of miraculous powers ἐνεργεῖν ἔν τινι be at work in someone Mt 14:2; Mk 6:14; ποιεῖν ἔν τινι εὐάρεστον Hb 13:21. The same expr. of God or evil spirits, who somehow work in people: 1 Cor 12:6; Phil 2:13; Eph 2:2 al.ⓑ of the whole, w. which the parts are closely joined: μένειν ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ remain in the vine J 15:4. ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι μέλη πολλὰ ἔχομεν in one body we have many members Ro 12:4. κρέμασθαι ἔν τινι depend on someth. Mt 22:40.ⓒ esp. in Paul. or Joh. usage, to designate a close personal relation in which the referent of the ἐν-term is viewed as the controlling influence: under the control of, under the influence of, in close association with (cp. ἐν τῷ Δαυιδ εἰμί 2 Km 19:44): of Christ εἶναι, μένειν ἐν τῷ πατρί (ἐν τῷ θεῷ) J 10:38; 14:10f (difft. CGordon, ‘In’ of Predication or Equivalence: JBL 100, ’81, 612f); and of Christians 1J 3:24; 4:13, 15f; be or abide in Christ J 14:20; 15:4f; μένειν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρί 1J 2:24. ἔργα ἐν θεῷ εἰργασμένα done in communion with God J 3:21 (but s. 1e above).—In Paul the relation of the individual to Christ is very oft. expressed by such phrases as ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν κυρίῳ etc., also vice versa (FNeugebauer, NTS 4, ’57/58, 124–38; AWedderburn, JSNT 25, ’85, 83–97) ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός Gal 2:20, but here in the sense of a above.—See, e.g., Dssm., D. ntl. Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’ 1892; EWeber, D. Formel ‘in Chr. Jesu’ u. d. paul. Christusmystik: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff; LBrun, Zur Formel ‘in Chr. Jesus’ im Phil: Symbolae Arctoae 1, 1922, 19–37; MHansen, Omkring Paulus-Formeln ‘i Kristus’: TK 4/10, 1929, 135–59; HBöhlig, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 170–75; OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft d. Pls2 ’56; AWikenhauser, D. Christusmystik d. Pls2 ’56; KMittring, Heilswirklichkeit b. Pls; Beitrag z. Verständnis der unio cum Christo in d. Plsbriefen 1929; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik d. Ap. Pls 1930 (Eng. tr., WMontgomery, The Myst. of Paul the Ap., ’31); WSchmauch, In Christus ’35; BEaston, Pastoral Ep. ’47, 210f; FBüchsel, ‘In Chr.’ b. Pls: ZNW 42, ’49, 141–58. Also HKorn, D. Nachwirkungen d. Christusmystik d. Pls in den Apost. Vätern, diss. Berlin 1928; EAndrews, Interpretation 6, ’52, 162–77; H-LParisius, ZNW 49, ’58, 285–88 (10 ‘forensic’ passages); JAllan, NTS 5, ’58/59, 54–62 (Eph), ibid. 10, ’63, 115–21 (pastorals); FNeugebauer, In Christus, etc. ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body ( 1 Cor 15) ’62, 110–13.—Paul has the most varied expressions for this new life-principle: life in Christ Ro 6:11, 23; love in Christ 8:39; grace, which is given in Christ 1 Cor 1:4; freedom in Chr. Gal 2:4; blessing in Chr. 3:14; unity in Chr. vs. 28. στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ stand firm in the Lord Phil 4:1; εὑρεθῆναι ἐν Χ. be found in Christ 3:9; εἶναι ἐν Χ. 1 Cor 1:30; οἱ ἐν Χ. Ro 8:1.—1 Pt 5:14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χ., ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 15:18.—Rv 14:13; ζῳοποιεῖσθαι 1 Cor 15:22.—The formula is esp. common w. verbs that denote a conviction, hope, etc. πεποιθέναι Gal 5:10; Phil 1:14; 2 Th 3:4. παρρησίαν ἔχειν Phlm 8. πέπεισμαι Ro 14:14. ἐλπίζειν Phil 2:19. καύχησιν ἔχειν Ro 15:17; 1 Cor 15:31. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. λαλεῖν 2 Cor 2:17; 12:19. ἀλήθειαν λέγειν Ro 9:1. λέγειν καὶ μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. But also apart fr. such verbs, in numerous pass. it is used w. verbs and nouns of the most varied sort, often without special emphasis, to indicate the scope within which someth. takes place or has taken place, or to designate someth. as being in close assoc. w. Christ, and can be rendered, variously, in connection with, in intimate association with, keeping in mind ἁγιάζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:2, or ἅγιος ἐν Χ. Phil 1:1; ἀσπάζεσθαί τινα 1 Cor 16:19. δικαιοῦσθαι Gal 2:17. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12. παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 4:1. προσδέχεσθαί τινα Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. χαίρειν 3:1; 4:4, 10. γαμηθῆναι ἐν κυρίῳ marry in the Lord=marry a Christian 1 Cor 7:39. προϊστάμενοι ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ your Christian leaders (in the church) 1 Th 5:12 (but s. προί̈στημι 1 and 2).—εὐάρεστος Col 3:20. νήπιος 1 Cor 3:1. φρόνιμος 4:10. παιδαγωγοί vs. 15. ὁδοί vs. 17. Hence used in periphrasis for ‘Christian’ οἱ ὄντες ἐν κυρίῳ Ro 16:11; ἄνθρωπος ἐν Χ. 2 Cor 12:2; αἱ ἐκκλησίαι αἱ ἐν Χ. Gal 1:22; 1 Th 2:14; νεκροὶ ἐν Χ. 4:16; ἐκλεκτός Ro 16:13. δόκιμος vs. 10. δέσμιος Eph 4:1. πιστὸς διάκονος 6:21; ἐν Χ. γεννᾶν τινα become someone’s parent in the Christian life 1 Cor 4:15. τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ 9:1.—The use of ἐν πνεύματι as a formulaic expression is sim.: ἐν πν. εἶναι be under the impulsion of the spirit, i.e. the new self, as opposed to ἐν σαρκί under the domination of the old self Ro 8:9; cp. ἐν νόμῳ 2:12. λαλεῖν speak under divine inspiration 1 Cor 12:3. ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι I was in a state of inspiration Rv 1:10; 4:2; opp. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος came to himself Ac 12:11 (cp. X., An. 1, 5, 17 et al.).—The expr. ἐν πν. εἶναι is also used to express the idea that someone is under the special infl. of a good or even an undesirable spirit: Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; Lk 2:27; 1 Cor 12:3; Rv 17:3; 21:10. ἄνθρωπος ἐν πν. ἀκαθάρτῳ (ὤν) Mk 1:23 (s. GBjörck, ConNeot 7, ’42, 1–3).—ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖσθαι be in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19. οἱ ἐν νόμῳ those who are subject to the law Ro 3:19. ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀποθνῄσκειν die because of a connection w. Adam 1 Cor 15:22.—On the formula ἐν ὀνόματι (Χριστοῦ) s. ὄνομα 1, esp. dγג. The OT is the source of the expr. ὀμνύναι ἔν τινι swear by someone or someth. (oft. LXX) Mt 5:34ff; 23:16, 18ff; Rv 10:6; παραγγέλλομέν σοι ἐν Ἰησοῦ Ac 19:14 v.l. The usage in ὁμολογεῖν ἔν τινι acknowledge someone Mt 10:32; Lk 12:8 (s. ὁμολογέω 4b) is Aramaic.⑤ marker introducing means or instrument, with, a construction that begins w. Homer (many examples of instrumental ἐν in Radermacher’s edition of Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. p. 100; Reader, Polemo p. 258) but whose wide currency in our lit. is partly caused by the infl. of the LXX, and its similarity to the Hebr. constr. w. בְּ (B-D-F §219; Mlt. 104; Mlt-H. 463f; s. esp. M-M p. 210).ⓐ it can serve to introduce persons or things that accompany someone to secure an objective: ‘along with’α. pers., esp. of a military force, w. blending of associative (s. 4) and instrumental idea (1 Macc 1:17; 7:14, 28 al.): ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι meet, w. 10,000 men Lk 14:31 (cp. 1 Macc 4:6, 29 συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς Ἰούδας ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν). ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσιν αὐτοῦ Jd 14 (cp. Jdth 16:3 ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ).β. impers. (oft. LXX; PTebt 41, 5 [c. 119 B.C.]; 16, 14 [114 B.C.]; 45, 17 al., where people rush into the village or the house ἐν μαχαίρῃ, ἐν ὅπλοις). (Just., D. 86, 6 τῆς ἀξίνης, ἐν ἧ πεπορευμένοι ἦσαν … κόψαι ξύλα) ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔρχεσθαι come with a stick (as a means of discipline) 1 Cor 4:21 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Mort. 23, 3 Ἑρμῆν καθικόμενον ἐν τῇ ῥάβδῳ; Gen 32:11; 1 Km 17:43; 1 Ch 11:23; Dssm., B 115f [BS 120]). ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας with the full blessing Ro 15:29. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ Mt 16:28. ἐν αἵματι Hb 9:25 (cp. Mi 6:6). ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1J 5:6. ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ Ἠλίου equipped w. the spirit and power of Elijah Lk 1:17. φθάνειν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ come with the preaching of the gospel 2 Cor 10:14. μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ not burdened w. old leaven 1 Cor 5:8.ⓑ it can serve to express means or instrumentality in terms of location for a specific action (cp. TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 5f [Stone p. 30] κρατῶν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ζυγόν; Tat. 9, 2 οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεσσοῖς ἀθύροντες ‘those who play w. gaming pieces’ [as, e.g., in backgammon]): κατακαίειν ἐν πυρί Rv 17:16 (cp. Bar 1:2; 1 Esdr 1:52; 1 Macc 5:5 al.; as early as Il. 24, 38; cp. POxy 2747, 74; Aelian, HA 14, 15. Further, the ἐν Rv 17:16 is not textually certain). ἐν ἅλατι ἁλίζειν, ἀρτύειν Mt 5:13; Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34 (s. M-M p. 210; WHutton, ET 58, ’46/47, 166–68). ἐν τῷ αἵματι λευκαίνειν Rv 7:14. ἐν αἵματι καθαρίζειν Hb 9:22. ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ ἀποκτείνειν kill with the sword Rv 6:8 (1 Esdr 1:50; 1 Macc 2:9; cp. 3:3; Jdth 16:4; ἀπολεῖ ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ En 99:16; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἐν ῥ. πεσῇ … πεσοῦνται ἐν μαχαίρῃ; cp. Lucian, Hist. Conscrib. 12 ἐν ἀκοντίῳ φονεύειν). ἐν μαχαίρῃ πατάσσειν Lk 22:49 (διχοτομήσατε … ἐν μ. GrBar 16:3); ἐν μ. ἀπόλλυσθαι perish by the sword Mt 26:52. ποιμαίνειν ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (s. ποιμαίνω 2aγ and cp. PGM 36, 109). καταπατεῖν τι ἐν τοῖς ποσίν tread someth. w. the feet Mt 7:6 (cp. Sir 38:29). δύο λαοὺς βλέπω ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου I see two peoples with my eyes GJs 17:2 (ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὀρᾶν=see with the eyes: cp. Il. 1, 587; Od. 8, 459; Callinus [VII B.C.], Fgm. 1, 20 Diehl2). ποιεῖν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι do a mighty deed w. one’s arm Lk 1:51 (cp. Sir 38:30); cp. 11:20. δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν τῷ αἵματι be justified by the blood Ro 5:9. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2; ἐν τ. παρακλήσει 2 Cor 7:7. εὐλογεῖν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ Eph 1:3. λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ἐν ψάλμοις 5:19. ἀσπάσασθαι … ἐν εὐχῇ greet w. prayer GJs 24:1. Of intellectual process γινώσκειν ἔν τινι know or recognize by someth. (cp. Thuc. 7, 11, 1 ἐν ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε; Sir 4:24; 11:28; 26:29) J 13:35; 1J 3:19; cp. ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου in the breaking of bread Lk 24:35 (s. 10c).—The ἐν which takes the place of the gen. of price is also instrumental ἠγόρασας ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου Rv 5:9 (cp. 1 Ch 21:24 ἀγοράζω ἐν ἀργυρίῳ).—ἐν ᾧ whereby Ro 14:21.—The idiom ἀλλάσσειν, μεταλλάσσειν τι ἔν τινι exchange someth. for someth. else Ro 1:23, 25 (cp. Ps 105:20) is not un-Greek (Soph., Ant. 945 Danaë had to οὐράνιον φῶς ἀλλάξαι ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς=change the heavenly light for brass-bound chambers).⑥ marker of agency: with the help of (Diod S 19, 46, 4 ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσι τοῦ συνεδρίου=with the help of the members of the council; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 9 p. 259, 31 ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἑαλωκότες) ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Mt 9:34. ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις λαλεῖν 1 Cor 14:21. κρίνειν τ. οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρί Ac 17:31 (cp. SIG2 850, 8 [173/172 B.C.] κριθέντω ἐν ἄνδροις τρίοις; Synes., Ep. 91 p. 231b ἐν ἀνδρί); perh. 1 Cor 6:2 (s. 1e); ἀπολύτρωσις ἐν Χρ. redemption through Christ Ro 3:24 (cp. ἐν αὐτῷ σωθήσεσθε Just., A I, 60, 3).⑦ marker of circumstance or condition under which someth. takes place: ἐν ᾧ κρίνεις Ro 2:1 (but s. B-D-F §219, 2); ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 14:22; ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 2 Cor 11:12; ἐν ᾧ τις τολμᾷ 11:21; ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν whereas they slander 1 Pt 2:12, cp. 3:16 (on these Petrine pass. s. also ὅς 1k); ἐν ᾧ ξενίζονται in view of your changed attitude they consider it odd 4:4. ἐν ᾧ in 3:19 may similarly refer to a changed circumstance, i.e. from death to life (WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits, ’65, esp. 135–42: ‘in this sphere, under this influence’ [of the spirit]). Other possibilities: as far as this is concerned: πνεῦμα• ἐν ᾧ spirit; as which (FZimmermann, APF 11, ’35, 174 ‘meanwhile’ [indessen]; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism, ’46, 108–15: ‘on that occasion’=when he died).—Before a substantive inf. (oft. LXX; s. KHuber, Unters. über den Sprachchar. des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 83): in that w. pres. inf. (POxy 743, 35 [2 B.C.] ἐν τῷ δέ με περισπᾶσθαι οὐκ ἠδυνάσθην συντυχεῖν Ἀπολλωνίῳ; Just., D. 10, 3 ἐν τῷ μήτε σάββατα τηρεῖν μήτε …) βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν as they were having rough going in the waves=having a difficult time making headway Mk 6:48. ἐθαύμαζον ἐν τῷ χρονίζειν … αὐτόν they marveled over his delay Lk 1:21. ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν σε in that you extend your hand Ac 4:30; cp. 3:26; Hb 8:13. W. aor. inf. ἐν τῷ ὑποτάξαι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Hb 2:8. Somet. the circumstantial and temporal (s. 7 and 10) uses are so intermingled that it is difficult to decide between them; so in some of the pass. cited above, and also Hv 1, 1, 8 et al. (B-D-F §404, 3; Rob. 1073).—WHutton, Considerations for the Translation of ἐν, Bible Translator 9, ’58, 163–70; response by NTurner, ibid. 10, ’59, 113–20.—On ἐν w. article and inf. s. ISoisalon-Soininen, Die Infinitive in der LXX, ’65, 80ff.⑧ marker denoting the object to which someth. happens or in which someth. shows itself, or by which someth. is recognized, to, by, in connection with: ζητεῖν τι ἔν τινι require someth. in the case of someone 1 Cor 4:2; cp. ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε so that you might learn in connection w. us vs. 6. Cp. Phil 1:30. ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί that this may be done in my case 1 Cor 9:15 (Just., D. 77, 3 τοῦτο γενόμενον ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ Χριστῷ). ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν perh. they glorified God in my case Gal 1:24, though because of me and for me are also possible. μήτι ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀνεκεφαλαιώθη ἡ ἱστορία GJs 13:1 (s. ἀνακεφαλαιόω 1). ποιεῖν τι ἔν τινι do someth. to (with) someone (Epict., Ench. 33, 12; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 18 μὴ ἑτεροῖόν τι ποιήσῃς ἐν ἐμοί; Gen 40:14; Jdth 7:24; 1 Macc 7:23) Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. ἐργάζεσθαί τι ἔν τινι Mk 14:6. ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι have someth. in someone J 3:15 (but ἐν αὐτῷ is oft. constr. w. πιστεύων, cp. v.l.); cp. 14:30 (s. BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 92). ἵνα δικαιοσύνης ναὸν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι ἀναδείξῃ AcPlCor 2:17 (s. ἀναδείκνυμι 1).—For the ordinary dat. (Diod S 3, 51, 4 ἐν ἀψύχῳ ἀδύνατον=it is impossible for a lifeless thing; Ael. Aristid. 49, 15 K.=25 p. 492 D.: ἐν Νηρίτῳ θαυμαστὰ ἐνεδείξατο=[God] showed wonderful things to N.; 53 p. 629 D.: οὐ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βελτίστοις εἰσὶ παῖδες, ἐν δὲ πονηροτάτοις οὐκέτι=it is not the case that the very good have children, and the very bad have none [datives of possession]; 54 p. 653 D.: ἐν τ. φαύλοις θετέον=to the bad; EpJer 66 ἐν ἔθνεσιν; Aesop, Fab. 19, 8 and 348a, 5 v.l. Ch.) ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί Gal 1:16. φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς Ro 1:19 (Aesop 15c, 11 Ch. τ. φανερὸν ἐν πᾶσιν=evident to all). ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος (corresp. to τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβ.) 1 Cor 14:11 (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 21 μάταιός ἐστιν ἐν ἐμοί). δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις Ac 4:12. θεῷ … ἐν ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:14.—Esp. w. verbs of striking against: προσκόπτω, πταίω, σκανδαλίζομαι; s. these entries.⑨ marker of cause or reason, because of, on account of (PParis 28, 13=UPZ 48, 12f [162/161 B.C.] διαλυόμενοι ἐν τῷ λιμῷ; Ps 30:11; 1 Macc 16:3 ἐν τῷ ἐλέει; 2 Macc 7:29; Sir 33:17)ⓐ gener. ἁγιάζεσθαι ἔν τινι Hb 10:10; 1 Cor 7:14. ἐν τ. ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν Ro 1:24; perh. ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 9:7; Hb 11:18 (both Gen 21:12). ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν because of their many words Mt 6:7. ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν this is the reason why we believe J 16:30; cp. Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4 (Just., D. 68, 7 οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ δυσωπήσω ὑμᾶς μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς διδασκάλοις ὑμῶν=‘surely you will be convinced by this [argument] to lose confidence in your teachers, won’t you?’); perh. 2 Cor 5:2. Sim., of the occasion: ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ at this statement Ac 7:29; cp. 8:6. W. attraction ἐν ᾧ = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that = because Ro 8:3; Hb 2:18; 6:17.ⓑ w. verbs that express feeling or emotion, to denote that toward which the feeling is directed; so: εὐδοκεῖν (εὐδοκία), εὐφραίνεσθαι, καυχᾶσθαι, χαίρειν et al.⑩ marker of a period of time, in, while, whenⓐ indicating an occurrence or action within which, at a certain point, someth. occurs Mt 2:1. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 3:1. ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς afterward Lk 7:11. ἐν τῷ μεταξύ meanwhile (PTebt 72, 190; PFlor 36, 5) J 4:31. in the course of, within ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (X., Ages. 1, 34; Diod S 13, 14, 2; 20, 83, 4; Arrian, Anab. 4, 6, 4 ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις; Aelian, VH 1, 6; IPriene 9, 29; GDI 1222, 4 [Arcadia] ἰν ἁμέραις τρισί; EpArist 24; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1:3 Jac.) Mt 27:40; J 2:19f.ⓑ point of time when someth. occurs ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως Mt 11:22 (En 10:6; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ J 6:44; 11:24; 12:48; cp. 7:37. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; cp. 7:22; J 4:53. ἐν σαββάτῳ 12:2; J 7:23. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ J 11:9 (opp. ἐν τῇ νυκτί vs. 10). ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ on the second visit Ac 7:13. ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ in the new age Mt 19:28. ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 Cor 15:23; 1 Th 2:19; 3:13; Phil 2:12 (here, in contrast to the other pass., there is no reference to the second coming of Christ.—Just., D. 31, 1 ἐν τῇ ἐνδόξῳ γινομένῃ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ; 35, 8; 54, 1 al.); 1J 2:28. ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει in the resurrection Mt 22:28; Mk 12:23; Lk 14:14; 20:33; J 11:24 (Just., D. 45, 2 ἐν τῇ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι at the last trumpet-call 1 Cor 15:52. ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει at the appearance of Jesus/Christ (in the last days) 2 Th 1:7; 1 Pt 1:7, 13; 4:13.ⓒ to introduce an activity whose time is given when, while, during (Diod S 23, 12, 1 ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις=in the case of this kind of behavior) ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ when (you) pray Mt 21:22. ἐν τῇ στάσει during the revolt Mk 15:7. ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ in the course of his teaching Mk 4:2; 12:38. If Lk 24:35 belongs here, the sense would be on the occasion of, when (but s. 5b). ἐν αὐτῷ in it (the preaching of the gospel) Eph 6:20. γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ (τῇ προσευχῇ) while you are watchful in it Col 4:2. Esp. w. the pres. inf. used substantively: ἐν τῷ σπείρειν while (he) sowed Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; cp. 6:48 (s. 7 above and βασανίζω); ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους while people were asleep Mt 13:25; ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτόν during the accusations against him 27:12. W. the aor. inf. the meaning is likewise when. Owing to the fundamental significance of the aor. the action is the focal point (s. Rob. 1073, opp. B-D-F §404) ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνήν Lk 9:36. ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτόν 19:15. ἐν τῷ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτούς 9:34.—W. ἐν ᾦ while, as long as (Soph., Trach. 929; Cleanthes [IV/III B.C.] Stoic. I p. 135, 1 [Diog. L. 7, 171]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 11 Jac.; Plut., Mor. 356c; Arrian, Anab. 6, 12, 1; Pamprepios of Panopolis [V A.D.] 1, 22 [ed. HGerstinger, SBWienAk 208/3, 1928]) Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 24:44 D; J 5:7.⑪ marker denoting kind and manner, esp. functioning as an auxiliary in periphrasis for adverbs (Kühner-G. I 466): ἐν δυνάμει w. power, powerfully Mk 9:1; Ro 1:4; Col 1:29; 2 Th 1:11; ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ justly Ac 17:31; Rv 19:11 (cp. Just., A II, 4, 3 and D. 16, 3; 19, 2 ἐν δίκῃ). ἐν χαρᾷ joyfully Ro 15:32. ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ earnestly Ac 26:7. ἐν σπουδῇ zealously Ro 12:8. ἐν χάριτι graciously Gal 1:6; 2 Th 2:16. ἐν (πάσῃ) παρρησίᾳ freely, openly J 7:4; 16:29; Phil 1:20. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ Ac 5:23. ἐν τάχει (PHib 47, 35 [256 B.C.] ἀπόστειλον ἐν τάχει) Lk 18:8; Ro 16:20; Rv 1:1; 22:6. ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7 (belongs prob. not to σοφία, but to λαλοῦμεν: in the form of a secret; cp. Polyb. 23, 3, 4; 26, 7, 5; Just., D. 63, 2 Μωυσῆς … ἐν παραβολῇ λέγων; 68, 6 εἰρήμενον … ἐν μυστηρίῳ; Diod S 17, 8, 5 ἐν δωρεαῖς λαβόντες=as gifts; 2 Macc 4:30 ἐν δωρεᾷ=as a gift; Sir 26:3; Polyb. 28, 17, 9 λαμβάνειν τι ἐν φερνῇ). Of the norm: ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους acc. to the measure of each individual part Eph 4:16. On 1 Cor 1:21 s. AWedderburn, ZNW 64, ’73, 132–34.⑫ marker of specification or substance: w. adj. πλούσιος ἐν ἐλέει Eph 2:4; cp. Tit 2:3; Js 1:8.—of substance consisting in (BGU 72, 11 [191 A.D.] ἐξέκοψαν πλεῖστον τόπον ἐν ἀρούραις πέντε) τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν Eph 2:15. ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι Js 1:4 (contrast Just., A I, 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι). Hb 13:21a.— amounting to (BGU 970, 14=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 242, 14f [177 A.D.] προσηνενκάμην αὐτῷ προοῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις) πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε Ac 7:14.—Very rarely for the genitive (Philo Mech. 75, 29 τὸ ἐν τῷ κυλίνδρῳ κοίλασμα; EpArist 31 ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρία = ἡ αὐτῶν θ.; cp. 29; Tat. 18, 1 πᾶν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ εἶδος) ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι the free gift in beneficence or grace Ro 5:15.—DELG. LfgrE s.v. ἐν col. 569 (lit. esp. early Greek). M-M. TW. -
18 А-26
ударяться/удАриться (впадАть/ впасть, входить/войти obsoles, вламываться/вломиться obsoles) в амбицию all coll VP subj: human usu. this WO to express or display emphatically one's anger, hurt etc when one's pride has been wounded or when one interprets s.o. 's words or actions as offensive, show extreme edginess and stubbornness in defending one's (often un- justified) positionX ударился в амбицию - X got his back up(with the emphasis on one's being offended) X took offense X took umbrage (at sth.) (with the emphasis on the manner in which one expresses his annoyance) X got into a huff, a snit (in limited contexts) X picked a fight (a quarrel)зачем ты ударяешься в амбицию? - don't be so touchy.Она молчала. Когда-то ударялась в амбицию, спорила со мной из-за каждого пустяка, теперь же новый метод - молчание (Трифонов 5). She was silent. At one time she would have taken offense and argued with me over every trifle, but now she had a new method: silence (5a).Тут тебя осенила новая блестящая мысль: воспользоваться скандалом и убежать от них вместе с Лидой под видом неудержимых эмоций... Как это делают пьяные, желающие впасть в амбицию, ты сказал, махая руками по всей комнате: «Лидия, я вас похищаю» (Терц 8). At this moment you had another brilliant idea: to take advantage of the scandal and run off with Lida on the pretext of uncontrollable emotion....Just as drunks do when they want to pick a quarrel, you waved your arms at the company and said, "Lida, I am taking you away" (8a).(Софья Егоровна:) Вы как-то странно смотрите (на меня)... преследуете... Точно шпионите!.. Вы не даете мне покоя... (Платонов:) Всё? (Встаёт.) Merci за откровенность! (Идёт к двери.) (Софья Егоровна:) Вы сердитесь? (Встаёт.) Постойте, Михаил Васильич! Для чего же в амбицию вламываться? (Чехов 1). (S.E.:) You have this odd way of looking (at me)....and follow me about - as if you were spying on me.... You won't leave me alone... (P:) Finished? (Gets up.) Thanks for being frank. (Moves towards the door.) (S.E.:) Annoyed? (Gets up.) Don't go, don't be so touchy (1b). -
19 Т-16
ТАК И (intensif Particle Invar fixed WO1. used to emphasize the intensive, energetic nature of some action or the intensity of some feelingpositivelysimply(may be translated by an intensifier specific to the context, or in conjunction with the Russian verb by a stronger English verb).Комья земли так и выпрыгивали из-под мотыги Харлампо... (Искандер 5). Clods of earth positively flew from under Harlampo's hoe.. (5a).«На диоскурийском базаре, — начал Джамхух, - где бывает очень много народу... в толпе так и шныряют карманщики» (Искандер 5). "At the Dioscurias bazaar," Jamkhoukh began, "where there are a great many people...the crowd simply crawls with pickpockets" (5a).Снег так и валил (Пушкин 2). The snow was falling thick and fast (2a).«А сирень всё около домов растёт, ветки так и лезут в окна, запах приторный» (Гончаров 1). "Lilac always grows close to houses, the branches thrust themselves in at the windows, the smell is so cloying" (1a).Меня это взорвало, мне так и хотелось съездить по его бритой роже, но в такой ситуации нельзя давать волю чувствам, надо сдерживать себя... (Рыбаков 1). I thought I would explode, I wanted to smash his ugly mug so much, but in a situation like that, you can't give vent to your feelings, you must control yourself... (1a).Митя же, заслышав вопль её, так и задрожал... (Достоевский 1). Mitya, hearing her wail, shuddered all over... (1a).2. used for emphasis with verbs denoting actions that occur quickly, unexpectedlyjustsimply....Он (Бородавкин) явился в Глупов и прежде всего подвергнул строгому рассмотрению намерения и деяния своих предшественников. Но когда он взглянул на скрижали, то так и ахнул (Салтыков-Щедрин 1)....He (Wartkin) arrived in Foolov and began by subjecting the plans and actions of his predecessors to a strict examination. But when he looked at the annals he simply gasped (1a).3. used in response to a confirmation of one's or s.o. 's supposition, guess etcjust as I (he etc) thought (said etc)I thought so! I (just) knew it! I (he etc) knew it all along I (he etc) thought (said, knew etc) as much.Накануне вечером ему позвонил по телефону Ландесман, и Штрум ему сказал, что ничего не получается с его оформлением. «Я так и предполагал», - сказал Ландесман... (Гроссман 2). The previous evening, Landesman had phonedViktor had told him of his failure to secure his nomination. "Just as I expected!" Landesman had said.. (2a).«Вы художники? Я так и знал!» (Федин 1). "Are you artists? I knew it!" (1a).Я так и знала, что вы так ответите» (Достоевский 1). "I just knew you'd say that" (1a).«Кстати, он кто, этот Савелий?» - «Прораб», - осторожно сказал Ефим. «Так я и думал» (Войнович 6). "This Savely, by the way-what is he?" "A construction boss," Yefim said warily. "I thought as much" (6a).4. (used with a pfv verb) used to express disagreement with some statement or strong skepticism that some action will take placethere's no way...!as if s.o. would (actually) do sth. you've got to be kidding if you think...! (in limited contexts) fat chance! "Я попросил Аркадия привезти мне книги». - «Так он тебе и привезёт! Нашла кого просить!» "I asked Arkady to bring me (he books." "As if he'd actually bring them to you! You sure picked the right person to ask!"5. (used with a negated verb) used for emphasis when stating that sth. never occurred, was never completed etc: (equivalents incorporate the negation) (one) never (really (actually)) did...(in limited contexts) not once did (one ever).Ответа на заявление я так и не получил (Марченко 1). And I never did get a reply to my protest (1a).Так (я) за всю войну и не увидел, чтобы подбили самолет (Искандер 6). In fact, not once during the course of the war did I ever see one of these planes put out of action (6a).6. used to emphasize that an action takes place in an unobstructed mannerjustsimply. -
20 вламываться в амбицию
• УДАРИТЬСЯ/УДАРИТЬСЯ <ВПАДАТЬ/ВПАСТЬ, ВХОДИТЬ/ВОЙТИ obsoles, ВЛАМЫВАТЬСЯ/ВЛОМИТЬСЯ obsoles> В АМБИЦИЮall coll[VP; subj: human; usu. this WO]=====⇒ to express or display emphatically one's anger, hurt etc when one's pride has been wounded or when one interprets s.o.'s words or actions as offensive, show extreme edginess and stubbornness in defending one's (often unjustified) position:- [with the emphasis on one's being offended] X took offense;- X took umbrage (at sth.);- [with the emphasis on the manner in which one expresses his annoyance] X got into a huff < a snit>;- [in limited contexts] X picked a fight < a quarrel>;♦ Она молчала. Когда-то ударялась в амбицию, спорила со мной из-за каждого пустяка, теперь же новый метод - молчание (Трифонов 5). She was silent. At one time she would have taken offense and argued with me over every trifle, but now she had a new method: silence (5a).♦ Тут тебя осенила новая блестящая мысль: воспользоваться скандалом и убежать от них вместе с Лидой под видом неудержимых эмоций... Как это делают пьяные, желающие впасть в амбицию, ты сказал, махая руками по всей комнате: "Лидия, я вас похищаю" (Терц 8). At this moment you had another brilliant idea: to take advantage of the scandal and run off with Lida on the pretext of uncontrollable emotion....Just as drunks do when they want to pick a quarrel, you waved your arms at the company and said, "Lida, I am taking you away" (8a).♦ [Софья Егоровна:] Вы как-то странно смотрите [на меня]... преследуете... Точно шпионите!.. Вы не даёте мне покоя... [Платонов:] Всё? (Встаёт.) Merci за откровенность! (Идёт к двери.) [Софья Егоровна:] Вы сердитесь? (Встаёт.) Постойте, Михаил Васильич! Для чего же в амбицию вламываться? (Чехов 1). [S.E.:] You have this odd way of looking [at me].... and follow me about - as if you were spying on me.... You won't leave me alone... [P:] Finished? (Gets up.) Thanks for being frank. (Moves towards the door.) [S.E.:] Annoyed? (Gets up.) Don't go, don't be so touchy (1b).Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > вламываться в амбицию
Страницы
См. также в других словарях:
express — [[t]ɪkspre̱s[/t]] ♦♦ expresses, expressing, expressed 1) VERB When you express an idea or feeling, or express yourself, you show what you think or feel. [V n] He expressed grave concern at American attitudes... [V n] Sumner would greet us with… … English dictionary
Murder on the Orient Express — For other uses, see Murder on the Orient Express (disambiguation). Murder on the Orient Express … Wikipedia
De-emphasis — In telecommunication, de emphasis is the complement of pre emphasis, in the antinoise system called emphasis. Emphasis is a system process designed to decrease, (within a band of frequencies), the magnitude of some (usually higher) frequencies… … Wikipedia
Shatabdi Express — Shatabdi Expresses are a series of superfastFacts|date=September 2008 passenger trains which are being operated by Indian Railways, to serve as connections between Metro towns and important cities and business centers. Shatabdi Expresses are day… … Wikipedia
The Express-Times — Infobox Newspaper name = The Express Times caption = type = Daily newspaper format = Broadsheet foundation = 1855 as The Easton Daily Express ceased publication = price = owners = Advance Publications publisher = Martin K. Till editor = Joseph P … Wikipedia
Wingfoot Express — The Wingfoot Express was Walt Arfons and Tom Green s J46 jet powered land speed record car, driven by Green to a record in 1965.At a trade fair in Gary, Indiana in 1962, Walt Arfons met Tom Green, chief engineer for a torque wrench manufacturer.… … Wikipedia
Hiberno-English — (also known as Irish English[1]) is the dialect of English written and spoken in Ireland (Hibernia).[2] English was first brought to Ireland during the Norman invasion of the late 12th century. Initially it was mainly spoken in an area known as… … Wikipedia
Null-subject language — In linguistic typology, a null subject language is a language whose grammar permits an independent clause to lack an explicit subject. Such a clause is then said to have a null subject. Typically, null subject languages express person, number,… … Wikipedia
Emoticon — An emoticon (/ɨˈ … Wikipedia
Null subject language — In linguistic typology, a null subject language is a language whose grammar permits an independent clause to lack an explicit subject. Such a clause is then said to have a null subject. Typically, null subject languages express person, number,… … Wikipedia
Double negative — This article is about the linguistic construct. For other uses, see Double Negative (disambiguation). A double negative occurs when two forms of negation are used in the same sentence. Multiple negation is the more general term referring to the… … Wikipedia
